You are on page 1of 300

SingleRAN

ALD Management Feature


Parameter Description

Issue 07
Date 2018-04-02

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2018. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or
representations of any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.


Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Contents

Contents

1 About This Document.................................................................................................................. 1


1.1 Scope.............................................................................................................................................................................. 1
1.2 Intended Audience.......................................................................................................................................................... 2
1.3 Change History............................................................................................................................................................... 2
1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types....................................................................................................................... 8
1.5 Functional Differences Between NB-IoT and FDD....................................................................................................... 8

2 Overview......................................................................................................................................... 9
2.1 Introduction.................................................................................................................................................................... 9
2.2 MRFD-210602/LBFD-001024/TDLBFD-001024/MLBFD-12000421 RET Antenna................................................18
2.3 MRFD-210601 TMA....................................................................................................................................................19
2.4 WRFD-060003 SASU.................................................................................................................................................. 20
2.5 RAE.............................................................................................................................................................................. 20
2.6 AAS Module.................................................................................................................................................................20
2.6.1 AAS Overview.......................................................................................................................................................... 20
2.6.2 AAS Modules with Passive Antennas....................................................................................................................... 21

3 Data Configuration..................................................................................................................... 23
4 Functions and Operations..........................................................................................................24
4.1 RET...............................................................................................................................................................................24
4.1.1 Connections Between RET Antennas and RRUs/RFUs............................................................................................24
4.1.2 Operations on RET Antennas.................................................................................................................................... 33
4.2 TMA............................................................................................................................................................................. 35
4.2.1 Connections Between the TMA, RRU/RFU, and RET Antenna.............................................................................. 35
4.2.2 Operations on the TMA............................................................................................................................................. 41
4.3 SASU............................................................................................................................................................................ 42
4.3.1 Connections Between the SASU, RRU/RFU, and RET Antenna............................................................................. 42
4.3.2 Operations on the SASU............................................................................................................................................44
4.4 RAE.............................................................................................................................................................................. 45
4.4.1 Connections Between the RAE and RRU/RFU........................................................................................................ 45
4.4.2 Operations on the RAE..............................................................................................................................................51
4.5 AAS.............................................................................................................................................................................. 52
4.5.1 AAS Modules with Passive Antennas....................................................................................................................... 52
4.5.2 Operations on AAS Modules.....................................................................................................................................55

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Contents

5 Related Features...........................................................................................................................58
5.1 MRFD-210601 Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier).......................................................................... 58
5.2 MRFD-210602 Remote Electrical Tilt......................................................................................................................... 58
5.3 WRFD-060003 Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900 MHz)................................................................................... 59
5.4 LBFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control............................................................................................................. 59
5.5 TDLBFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control........................................................................................................59
5.6 MLBFD-12000421 Remote Electrical Tilt Control......................................................................................................60

6 Network Impact........................................................................................................................... 61
6.1 MRFD-210601 Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier).......................................................................... 61
6.2 MRFD-210602 Remote Electrical Tilt......................................................................................................................... 61
6.3 WRFD-060003 Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900 MHz)................................................................................... 61
6.4 LBFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control............................................................................................................. 62
6.5 TDLBFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control........................................................................................................62
6.6 MLBFD-12000421 Remote Electrical Tilt Control......................................................................................................62

7 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on Multimode Base Station).......63


7.1 When to Use................................................................................................................................................................. 63
7.2 Required Information................................................................................................................................................... 63
7.3 Planning........................................................................................................................................................................ 63
7.4 Deployment.................................................................................................................................................................. 63
7.4.1 Requirements............................................................................................................................................................. 63
7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs).......................................................................................................... 63
7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules)............................................................................................................................... 67
7.4.4 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................ 67
7.4.5 Initial Configuration.................................................................................................................................................. 68
7.4.6 Commissioning.......................................................................................................................................................... 69
7.4.7 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................69
7.4.8 Deactivation...............................................................................................................................................................70
7.4.9 Reconfiguration......................................................................................................................................................... 70
7.5 Performance Monitoring...............................................................................................................................................71
7.6 Parameter Optimization................................................................................................................................................ 71
7.7 Possible Issues.............................................................................................................................................................. 71

8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)


............................................................................................................................................................ 72
8.1 When to Use................................................................................................................................................................. 72
8.2 Required Information................................................................................................................................................... 72
8.3 Planning........................................................................................................................................................................ 72
8.4 Deployment.................................................................................................................................................................. 72
8.4.1 Requirements............................................................................................................................................................. 72
8.4.2 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................ 72
8.4.3 Precautions...............................................................................................................................................................103
8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI............................................................................................................................. 106

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Contents

8.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands................................................................108


8.4.6 Commissioning........................................................................................................................................................ 118
8.4.7 Activation Observation............................................................................................................................................ 118
8.4.8 Deactivation............................................................................................................................................................. 119
8.4.9 Reconfiguration....................................................................................................................................................... 120
8.5 Performance Monitoring.............................................................................................................................................121
8.6 Parameter Optimization.............................................................................................................................................. 121
8.7 Possible Issues............................................................................................................................................................ 121

9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on GBTS Side).............................123


9.1 When to Use............................................................................................................................................................... 123
9.2 Required Information................................................................................................................................................. 123
9.3 Planning...................................................................................................................................................................... 123
9.4 Deployment................................................................................................................................................................ 123
9.4.1 Requirements........................................................................................................................................................... 123
9.4.2 Data Preparation...................................................................................................................................................... 123
9.4.3 Precautions...............................................................................................................................................................138
9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI............................................................................................................................. 140
9.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands................................................................141
9.4.6 Commissioning........................................................................................................................................................ 144
9.4.7 Activation Observation............................................................................................................................................145
9.4.8 Deactivation.............................................................................................................................................................145
9.4.9 Reconfiguration....................................................................................................................................................... 145
9.5 Performance Monitoring.............................................................................................................................................146
9.6 Parameter Optimization.............................................................................................................................................. 146
9.7 Possible Issues............................................................................................................................................................ 146

10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment).................................................148


10.1 When to Use............................................................................................................................................................. 148
10.2 Required Information............................................................................................................................................... 148
10.3 Planning.................................................................................................................................................................... 148
10.4 Deployment.............................................................................................................................................................. 148
10.4.1 Process................................................................................................................................................................... 148
10.4.2 Requirements......................................................................................................................................................... 149
10.4.3 Data Preparation.................................................................................................................................................... 149
10.4.4 Creating an ALD Automatic Deployment Task.................................................................................................... 153
10.4.5 Initial Configuration.............................................................................................................................................. 155
10.4.6 Commissioning...................................................................................................................................................... 158
10.4.7 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................158
10.4.8 Checking that ALD Automatic Deployment Is Complete.....................................................................................159
10.4.9 Deactivation...........................................................................................................................................................159
10.4.10 Reconfiguration................................................................................................................................................... 161
10.5 Performance Monitoring...........................................................................................................................................162
10.6 Parameter Optimization............................................................................................................................................ 162

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Contents

10.7 Possible Issues.......................................................................................................................................................... 162


10.8 Appendix: Automatic ALD Configuration Process..................................................................................................163

11 Parameters................................................................................................................................. 181
12 Counters.................................................................................................................................... 292
13 Glossary..................................................................................................................................... 293
14 Reference Documents............................................................................................................. 294

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

1 About This Document

1.1 Scope
This document describes antenna line device (ALD) management and provides engineering
guidelines. ALD management includes the features listed in Table 1-1.

Table 1-1 Features related to ALD management

RAT Feature ID Feature Name

GSM MRFD-210601 Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted


Amplifier)

MRFD-210602 Remote Electrical Tilt

UMTS MRFD-210601 Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted


Amplifier)

MRFD-210602 Remote Electrical Tilt

WRFD-060003 Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900


MHz)

LTE FDD LBFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control

LTE TDD TDLBFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control

LTE NB-IoT MLBFD-12000421 Remote Electrical Tilt Control

This document applies to the following types of base stations:

BTS Type BTS Model

Macro BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, BTS5900,


BTS5900L, BTS5900A, DBS5900, and BTS3900C

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

Any parameters, alarms, counters, or managed objects (MOs) described herein apply only to
the corresponding software release. For future software releases, refer to the corresponding
updated product documentation.

Unless otherwise specified, in this document, LTE and eNodeB always include FDD, TDD,
and NB-IoT. In scenarios where they need to be distinguished, LTE FDD, LTE TDD, and LTE
NB-IoT are used. The same rules apply to eNodeB.

The "G", "U", "L", "T", and "M" in RAT acronyms refer to GSM, UMTS, LTE FDD, LTE
TDD, and LTE NB-IoT, respectively.

1.2 Intended Audience


This document is intended for personnel who:

l Need to understand the features described herein


l Work with Huawei products

1.3 Change History


This section provides information about the changes in different document versions. There are
two types of changes, which are defined as follows:

l Feature change
Changes in features of a specific product version
l Editorial change
Changes in wording or addition of information that was not described in the earlier
version

SRAN12.1 07 (2018-04-02)
This issue includes the following changes.

Change Type Change Description Parameter Change

Feature change Added descriptions of the None


following RF modules:
l RRU3959a
l RRU3971a
l RRU5502
l RRU5508
l RRU5901w
For details, see Table 2-2, Table
2-3, and Table 2-5.

Editorial change None None

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

SRAN12.1 06 (2017-12-25)
This issue includes the following changes.

Change Type Change Description Parameter Change

Feature change Added descriptions of the None


following RF modules:
l RRU5501
l RRU3962
l RRU5507
For details, see Table 2-3 and
Table 2-5.

Editorial change None None

SRAN12.1 05 (2017-09-30)
Issue 05 (2017-09-30) of SRAN12.1 introduces the following changes to Issue 04
(2017-06-30) of SRAN12.1.

Change Type Change Description Parameter Change

Feature change Added the application None


scenarios: BTS5900,
BTS5900L, and DBS5900.
Added descriptions of the
following RF module:
l RRU5904
For details, see Table 2-3
and Table 2-5.

Editorial change None None

SRAN12.1 04 (2017-06-30)
This issue includes the following changes.

Change Type Change Description Parameter Change

Feature change Added descriptions of the following None


RF modules:
l AAU5281
l AAU5972
For details, see Table 2-6.

Editorial change None None

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

SRAN12.1 03 (2017-04-27)
This issue includes the following changes.

Change Type Change Description Parameter Change

Feature change Added descriptions of the following None


RF module:
l RRU3853
For details, see 2.1 Introduction.

Added descriptions of AAU3970 and


deleted descriptions of AAU5271B.
For details, see 2.6.2 AAS Modules
with Passive Antennas.

Editorial change None None

SRAN12.1 02 (2017-03-20)
This issue includes the following changes.

Change Type Change Description Parameter Change

Feature change Added descriptions of the following None


RF modules:
l RRU5901
l RRU5905w
For details, see 2.1 Introduction.

Added the descriptions of RET


calibration.
For details, see 4.1.2 Operations on
RET Antennas, 4.5.2 Operations on
AAS Modules, 8.4.5 Initial
Configuration on a Single Base
Station Using MML Commands,
and 9.4.5 Initial Configuration on a
Single Base Station Using MML
Commands.

Editorial change Revised some descriptions in this None


document.

SRAN12.1 01 (2017-03-08)
This issue includes the following changes.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

Change Type Change Description Parameter Change

Feature change Deleted descriptions of the following None


RF modules:
l pRRU3901
l pRRU3902
l pRRU3907
l pRRU3911
l pRRU3916
For details, see 2.1 Introduction.

Revised descriptions on the third


scenario of using AAS modules with
passive antennas.
For details, see 4.5.1 AAS Modules
with Passive Antennas.

Added operations related to the


remote vendor-defined antenna line
device (RVD).
For details, see 4.5.2 Operations on
AAS Modules.

Modified descriptions of the RVD


configuration.
For details, see 8.4.2 Data
Preparation and 8.4.5 Initial
Configuration on a Single Base
Station Using MML Commands.

Editorial change Revised some descriptions in this None


document.

SRAN12.1 Draft B (2017-02-10)


This issue includes the following changes.

Change Type Change Description Parameter Change

Feature change Added descriptions of the capabilities of None


the following modules to support the
RET function:
l AAU5240
l AAU5940
For details, see 2.6.2 AAS Modules
with Passive Antennas.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

Change Type Change Description Parameter Change

Revised descriptions on the third


scenario of using AAS modules with
passive antennas.
For details, see 4.5.1 AAS Modules
with Passive Antennas.

Added descriptions of the RVD


configuration.
For details, see 8.4.2 Data Preparation
and 8.4.5 Initial Configuration on a
Single Base Station Using MML
Commands.

Added descriptions of current alarm


thresholds for the following modules:
l AAU5240
l AAU5940
For details, see 8.4.3 Precautions and
8.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single
Base Station Using MML Commands.

Added descriptions of the AAU5940


downtilt configuration.
For details, see 8.4.5 Initial
Configuration on a Single Base
Station Using MML Commands.

Editorial change None None

SRAN12.1 Draft A (2016-12-30)


Draft A (2016-12-30) of SRAN12.1 introduces the following changes to Issue 01
(2016-03-07) of SRAN11.1.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

Change Type Change Description Parameter Change

Feature change Added descriptions of the following None


RF modules:
l RRU3953
l RRU3954
l RRU3956w
l RRU3236E
l RRU5301
l RRU5305
l RRU5905
l RRU5909
l RRU5909s
For details, see 2.1 Introduction.

Added descriptions of the following


RF modules:
l AAU5271
l AAU5271B
For details, see 2.6.2 AAS Modules
with Passive Antennas.

Added the following alarm:


ALM-26274 Inter-System Board
Object Configuration Conflict
For details, see 8.7 Possible Issues.

Changed LOFD-001024 Remote


Electrical Tilt Control from an
optional to a basic feature.
Changed TDLOFD-001024 Remote
Electrical Tilt Control from an
optional to a basic feature.
For details, see 1.1 Scope.

Changed the feature ID of Remote


Electrical Tilt Control from
MLBFD-001024 to
MLBFD-12000421.
For details, see 1.1 Scope.

Editorial change Revised some descriptions in this None


document.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types


Only macro base stations support this feature.

1.5 Functional Differences Between NB-IoT and FDD


There are no functional differences between NB-IoT and FDD.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

2 Overview

2.1 Introduction
ALD is a generic term for antenna devices, including:
l Remote electrical tilt (RET) antenna
l Tower-mounted amplifier (TMA)
l Same-band antenna sharing unit (SASU)
l Remote antenna extension (RAE) unit
l Active antenna system (AAS) module
Currently, a maximum of six ALDs can be cascaded on a control port of a remote radio unit
(RRU)/radio frequency unit (RFU) to enable the RET function, and the number of each type
of ALD varies with the application scenario. For example, a maximum of six RET antennas
can be cascaded.
Table 2-1 lists the capabilities to support different types of ALDs working in GSM, UMTS,
LTE FDD, and LTE TDD.
Table legend:
l Yes: supported
l No: not supported

Table 2-1 Capabilities to support different types of ALDs working in different RATs
RAT RET TMA SASU RAE AAS

GSM Yes Yes No Yes Yes

UMTS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

LTE FDD Yes Yes No Yes Yes

LTE TDD Yes No No Yes No

LTE NB-IoT Yes Yes No Yes Yes

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 9


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

NOTE

The RET cannot be used when a 4T4R RRU serves as two 2T2R RRUs in LTE TDD mode.

The following tables list the capabilities of RF modules to support different types of ALDs.

Table legend:

l Yes: supported
l No: not supported
l /: N/A

If an RF port does not support RET antennas or TMAs, control signals cannot be transmitted
or received on this RF port.

Table 2-2 Capabilities of each RF port on the 2-RF-port RF modules to support RET antennas
and TMAs

RF Module RET TMA RET TMA RET TMA


Antenna Support Antenna Supporte Antenna Suppo
Supporte ed by Support d by Supported rted
d by ANT_A ed by ANT_B by RET Port by
ANT_A Port ANT_B Port RET
Port Port Port

CRFUd Yes Yes No Yes / /

CRFUe Yes Yes No Yes / /

DRFU No No No No / /

GRFU Yes Yes No Yes / /

LRFU Yes Yes No Yes / /

LRFUe Yes Yes No Yes / /

MRFU Yes Yes No Yes / /

MRFUc Yes Yes No Yes / /

MRFUd Yes Yes No Yes / /

MRFUd V6 Yes Yes No Yes / /

MRFUe Yes Yes No Yes / /

WRFU Yes Yes No Yes / /

WRFUa Yes Yes No Yes / /

WRFUd Yes Yes No Yes / /

WRFUe Yes Yes No Yes / /

RRU3004 No No No No Yes No

RRU3008 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 10


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

RF Module RET TMA RET TMA RET TMA


Antenna Support Antenna Supporte Antenna Suppo
Supporte ed by Support d by Supported rted
d by ANT_A ed by ANT_B by RET Port by
ANT_A Port ANT_B Port RET
Port Port Port

RRU3201 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3203 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3220 Yes No No No Yes No

RRU3220E No No No No / /

RRU3230E No No No No / /

RRU3930E No No No No / /

RRU3221 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3222 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3229 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3249 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3250 Yes No No No Yes No

RRU3251 Yes No No No Yes No

RRU3268 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3606 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3628 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3772 Yes No No No Yes No

RRU3775 Yes No No No Yes No

RRU3801E Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3804 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3805 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3806 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3808 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3824 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3826 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3828 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3829 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3838 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 11


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

RF Module RET TMA RET TMA RET TMA


Antenna Support Antenna Supporte Antenna Suppo
Supporte ed by Support d by Supported rted
d by ANT_A ed by ANT_B by RET Port by
ANT_A Port ANT_B Port RET
Port Port Port

RRU3839 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3908 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3926 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3928 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3929 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3936 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3938 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3939 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3959 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3959a Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3959w Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3961 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No

RRU3965 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU3236E No No No No No No

RRU5301 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU5305 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU5309 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU5309w Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU5905w Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes

RRU5909 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

RRU5909s Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Table 2-3 Capabilities of each RF port on the 4-RF-port RF modules to support RET antennas
and TMAs
RF RET TM RET TM RET TM RE TMA RET TMA
Module Ant A Ante A Ante A T Supp Ant Supp
enn Sup nna Sup nna Sup Ant orted enn orted
a port Sup port Supp port enn by a by
Sup ed port ed orted ed a ANT Sup RET
port by ed by by by Sup _D port Port
ed AN by AN ANT AN por Port ed
by T_A AN T_B _C T_C ted by
AN Port T_B Port Port Port by RET
T_A Port AN Port
Port T_
D
Por
t

MRFUd No No No No Yes Yes No Yes / /


w V6

RRU323 Yes No No No No No No No Yes No


2

RRU323 Yes No No No No No No No Yes No


5

RRU324 Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No


0

RRU325 Yes No No No No No No No Yes No


2

RRU325 Yes No No No No No No No Yes No


6

RRU326 Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No


0

RRU326 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No


2

RRU327 Yes No No No No No No No Yes No


6

RRU328 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes Yes


1

RRU370 Yes No No No No No No No Yes No


2

RRU383 Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No


2

RRU384 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No


1

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 13


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

RF RET TM RET TM RET TM RE TMA RET TMA


Module Ant A Ante A Ante A T Supp Ant Supp
enn Sup nna Sup nna Sup Ant orted enn orted
a port Sup port Supp port enn by a by
Sup ed port ed orted ed a ANT Sup RET
port by ed by by by Sup _D port Port
ed AN by AN ANT AN por Port ed
by T_A AN T_B _C T_C ted by
AN Port T_B Port Port Port by RET
T_A Port AN Port
Port T_
D
Por
t

RRU385 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No


3

RRU394 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No


2

RRU395 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No


2

RRU395 Yes Yes No Yes No No No No Yes Yes


2m

RRU395 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes Yes


3

RRU395 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No


3w

RRU396 Yes Yes No Yes No No No No Yes No


2

RRU397 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes Yes


1a

RRU550 Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No Yes Yes


1

RRU550 Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No Yes Yes


2

RRU550 Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No Yes Yes


7

RRU550 Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No Yes Yes


8

RRU590 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes Yes


1

RRU590 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes Yes


1w

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

RF RET TM RET TM RET TM RE TMA RET TMA


Module Ant A Ante A Ante A T Supp Ant Supp
enn Sup nna Sup nna Sup Ant orted enn orted
a port Sup port Supp port enn by a by
Sup ed port ed orted ed a ANT Sup RET
port by ed by by by Sup _D port Port
ed AN by AN ANT AN por Port ed
by T_A AN T_B _C T_C ted by
AN Port T_B Port Port Port by RET
T_A Port AN Port
Port T_
D
Por
t

RRU590 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes Yes


4

Table 2-4 Capabilities of each RF port on the 8-RF-port RF modules to support RET antennas

RF AN AN AN ANT ANT ANT ANT ANT CAL RE


Module T_1 T_2 T_3 _4 _5 _6 _7 _8 Port T
Por Por Por Port Port Port Port Port Port
t t t

RRU3168 No No No No No No No No Yes No

RRU3253 No No No No No No No No Yes Yes

RRU3259 No No No No No No No No Yes Yes

RRU3278 No No No No No No No No Yes Yes

RRU3279 No No No No No No No No Yes Yes

Table 2-5 lists the capabilities of RF modules to support RET.

Table 2-5 Capabilities of RF modules to support RET

RF Module AISG Protocol RET Antenna RET Antenna


Voltage Current

CRFUd 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

CRFUe 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

GRFU 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

LRFU 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

LRFUe 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 15


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

RF Module AISG Protocol RET Antenna RET Antenna


Voltage Current

MRFU 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

MRFUc 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

MRFUd 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

MRFUd V6 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

MRFUdw V6 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

MRFUe 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

WRFU 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

WRFUa 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

WRFUd 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

WRFUe 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3004 1.1 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3008 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3168 1.1 or 2.0 24 V 2.3 A

RRU3201 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3203 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3220 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3221 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3222 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3229 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3232 1.1 or 2.0 24 V or 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3235 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3240 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3249 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3250 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3251 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3252 1.1 or 2.0 24 V or 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3253 1.1 or 2.0 24 V or 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3256 1.1 or 2.0 24 V or 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3259 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 16


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

RF Module AISG Protocol RET Antenna RET Antenna


Voltage Current

RRU3260 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3262 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3268 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3276 1.1, 2.0, or 2.1 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3278 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3279 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3281 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3606 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3702 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3801E 1.1 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3804 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3805 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3806 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3808 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3824 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3826 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3828 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3829 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3832 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3838 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3839 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3841 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3853 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3908 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3926 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3928 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3929 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3936 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3938 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 17


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

RF Module AISG Protocol RET Antenna RET Antenna


Voltage Current

RRU3939 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3942 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3952 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3952m 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3953 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3953w 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3959 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3959a 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3959w 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3961 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3962 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3964 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU3971a 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU5301 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU5305 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU5501 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU5502 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU5507 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU5508 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU5901 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU5901w 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU5904 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU5905w 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU5909 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

RRU5909s 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

2.2 MRFD-210602/LBFD-001024/TDLBFD-001024/
MLBFD-12000421 RET Antenna
One RET antenna consists of one remote control unit (RCU) and one or more RET subunits.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 18


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

l The RCU is the control unit of an RET antenna. It receives and runs the control
commands from the base station and drives the stepper motor. The stepper motor drives
the phase shifter inside the antenna device, and the phase shifter adjusts the antenna tilt.
Interface RS485 functions as the control interface of the RCU.
l RET subunits are antenna devices that can be independently controlled.

An RET antenna may comprise more than one RET subunit combined in a single physical
entity. The RET antenna is classified into the following types:

l RET antenna containing only one RET subunit (SINGLE_RET)


l RET antenna containing multiple RET subunits (MULTI_RET), each supporting the
configuration file download and downtilt setting. An RET antenna containing multiple
RET subunits can be regarded as a set of multiple RET antennas installed in a housing.

The signal coverage of an RET antenna can be changed by adjusting the tilt through the RCU.

Compared with antennas with mechanical downtilts, RET antennas have the following
benefits:

l Remote adjustment eliminates onsite operations and is not subject to site conditions such
as weather and location.
l High adjustment efficiency reduces network optimization and maintenance costs.
l Prevention of coverage distortion improves signal coverage and decreases neighboring
cell interference.

However, RET antennas are more expensive, with more complex structures than antennas
with mechanical downtilts.

2.3 MRFD-210601 TMA


A TMA is a low noise amplifier (LNA) installed next to the antenna. It improves the signal-
to-noise ratio (SNR), sensitivity, and uplink coverage of a base station.

TMAs are classified into two types: common TMA and smart TMA. Unlike common TMAs,
smart TMAs support the Antenna Interface Standards Group (AISG) protocol. Unless
otherwise stated in this document, "TMA" refers to a smart TMA.

A TMA has a built-in smart bias-tee (SBT) and performs the following functions:

l Converts RS485 signals received from the RCU to on-off-keying (OOK) signals and
sends the OOK signals to the RRU or RFU through the feeder
l Converts OOK signals received from the RRU or RFU to RS485 signals and sends the
RS485 signals to the RCU
l Feeds DC power from the RRU or RFU to the RCU
NOTE

l The SBT provides DC power supply and control commands for the RCU through the feeder. It is
applied on the RET antenna side.
l When an RRU or RFU connects to a TMA, at least one RF port supporting the TMA must connect
to this TMA so that the RRU or RFU can transmit control signals to the TMA. For details about
capabilities of RF ports to support the TMA, see 2.1 Introduction.

The TMA provides the following functions:

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 19


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

l Amplifies uplink signals to compensate for attenuation from an antenna to an RRU or


RFU.
l Balances signal amplification between the uplink and downlink.
A TMA has one or multiple subunits and supports amplification of one or multiple uplink RF
signals.

2.4 WRFD-060003 SASU


An SASU is a Huawei customized device for antenna sharing between intra-band GSM and
UMTS modes at a multimode site. Antenna sharing helps operators reduce their capital
expenditure (CAPEX). Currently, the SASU supports only the 900 MHz and 2100 MHz
frequency bands.
An SASU comprises two subunits and each subunit amplifies an uplink RF signal for both
GSM and UMTS systems.

2.5 RAE
The RAE consists of the antenna information sensor unit (AISU) and the RAE for storing
antenna weights.
l AISU
The AISU is a device for measuring the following antenna engineering parameters:
azimuth, mechanical tilt angle, longitude, latitude, and height. Installed on the top of an
antenna, the AISU performs GPS-based direction finding, and works with the base
station and element management system (EMS) to implement the antenna auto-sensing
solution. That is, the engineering parameters described above can be queried remotely in
real time on the EMS.
l RAE for storing antenna weights
An RAE storage chip is added inside an antenna to store the port weight information of
the antenna, thereby avoiding weight confusion. Then corresponding commands are
executed on the EMS to ensure that a base station automatically reads the corresponding
weighted values from the RAE, and the configurations take effect. In this way, the
antenna coverage reaches the expected results.
The RAE supports the automatic measurement of antenna engineering parameters, which
improves the accuracy of engineering parameters for the antenna system of a base station
and reduces onsite surveys as well as the costs of network optimization for operators.
NOTE

l For the AISU hardware information and installation method, see AISU User Manual.
l The RAE for storing antenna weights is supported by only LTE TDD. For details, see Antenna
Weight Management Feature Parameter Description.

2.6 AAS Module

2.6.1 AAS Overview


An AAS module incorporates the functions of RF modules and antennas. It consists of the
following function units:

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 20


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

l Antenna unit (AU): antenna unit.


l Radio unit (RU): RF unit.
l Management Unit (MU): control unit. Currently, only the AAU3902 has this function
unit.

The passive antennas and RCUs in the AAS provide the antenna and RET functions,
respectively, for the RRU/RFU that are connected to the AAS module.

For details about an AAS product, see the hardware description of the AAS product.

Different types of AAS modules have different sets of integrated dual-polarized antennas. For
details about the mapping between integrated antennas and either of the following: inserted
modules, RET functions, and external ports, see the hardware description of the AAS product.

2.6.2 AAS Modules with Passive Antennas


The passive antenna and RCU built in an AAS module provide the RET function for RRUs
and RFUs in the same way as that provided by a conventional RET antenna. The AAS
module with the passive antenna complies with the AISG 2.0 protocol. The RET antennas of
the passive antennas are cascaded but work independently.

The AAS module supports the RET function by using the MU, the RETPORT on the AAS
active module (RU), or the RRU/RFU. Table 2-6 lists the capabilities of AAS modules to
support the RET function.

Table 2-6 AAS module support for RET

AAS Module Using the MU Using the AAS RU Using the


(Antenna RRU/RFU
Cascading Mode)

AAU3902 Supported Not supported Supported

AAU3910 Not supported Supported Supported

AAU3911 Not supported Supported Supported

AAU3920 Not supported Supported Supported

AAU3940 Not supported Supported Not supported

AAU3961 Not supported Supported Supported

AAU3970 Not supported Supported Supported

AAU5271 Not supported Not supported Not supported

AAU5281 Not supported Not supported Not supported

AAU5240 Not supported Supported Not supported

AAU5940 Not supported Supported Not supported

AAU5972 Not supported Supported Not supported

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 21


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

When site cable connections support all the three methods, you can choose only one method.
When the AAS module supports the RET function by using the AAS RU, you are advised to
use only one RU in the AAS to control all the RET antennas.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 22


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 3 Data Configuration

3 Data Configuration

ALD device data can be configured in the following methods:


l Manual configuration
All the ALD device data must be manually configured.
l Automatic configuration
Most initial configuration data of an ALD device is automatically configured by the
system, and a small amount of data is manually corrected and supplemented.
The following table lists whether each type of ALD device supports manual or automatic
configuration in this version.

Table 3-1 ALD devices that support manual/automatic deployment


Deployment RET TMA SASU RAE AAS
Mode

Manual Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported


configuration

Automatic Supported Supported Not Not supported Not


configuration supported supported

NOTE

In scenarios in which the RET antenna is connected through the GATM, the RET antenna does not
support automatic configuration.

It is recommended that automatic configuration be used to configure ALD device data and
that manual configuration be used when automatic configuration is not supported.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 23


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

4 Functions and Operations

4.1 RET

4.1.1 Connections Between RET Antennas and RRUs/RFUs


RET antennas and RRUs/RFUs can be connected in a regular or daisy chain scenario. When
splitters are used, RET antennas and RRUs/RFUs can be connected in a sector splitting
scenario. Only the RET antenna of a GBTS needs to be connected to the RRU or RFU
through the GATM. In this scenario, the DRFU must support RET antennas.

Regular Scenario
In a regular scenario, an RF module can be connected to one RET antenna through the RET
port (RETPORT) or RF port (ANTENNAPORT). The RFU does not have an RETPORT and
therefore can be connected to one RET antenna only through the ANTENNAPORT.
l Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT
This scenario applies only to RRUs. An AISG multi-wire cable connects the RETPORT
on the RRU to the RCU of the RET antenna, as shown in Figure 4-1. With the integrated
Bias Tee (BT), the RRU can send RS485 control signals and feed 12 V DC power to the
RCU through the RET port. Therefore, no SBT is required. This connection mode is
recommended when the distance between the RRU and the RET antenna is shorter than
20 m.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 24


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

Figure 4-1 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT

For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the following sections:
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 1 in 8.4 Deployment.
– GBTS: scenario 1 in 9.4 Deployment.
– Base station using automatic ALD deployment: scenario 1 or 4 in 10 Engineering
Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment).
l Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT
An SBT is required in this connection mode. Feeders and jumpers connect the RRU or
RFU, SBT, and RET antenna, and an AISG multi-wire cable connects the SBT to the
RCU of the RET antenna, as shown in Figure 4-2.
a. The RRU or RFU combines OOK signals, 12 V DC power, and RF signals. Then, it
sends the combined signals to the SBT through feeders.
b. The SBT splits the combined signals into two paths. On one path, the RF signals are
sent to the RET antenna. On the other path, OOK signals are converted to RS485
control signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through an AISG
multi-wire cable.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 25


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

Figure 4-2 Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT

For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the following sections:
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 2 in 8.4 Deployment.
– GBTS: scenario 2 in 9.4 Deployment.
– Base station using automatic ALD deployment: scenario 1 or 4 in 10 Engineering
Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment).
The connections between the RET antenna and the RRU/RFU in multimode base stations
are the same as those shown in Figure 4-1 and Figure 4-2. For details about data
configuration, see 7 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
Multimode Base Station).
l Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with an external BT)
When an RRU without a BT, for example, the RRU3801C (20 W) for UMTS or
RRU3220 for LTE, is installed 20 m or farther away from the RET antenna, RF ports on

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 26


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

the RRU cannot provide 12 V DC power for the RET antenna. In this case, the RET port
on the RRU must connect to an external BT, which connects to the RET antenna through
an external SBT to provide power for the antenna. The connections between the RRU,
external BT, external SBT, and RET antenna are shown in Figure 4-3. The BT is a
passive component used on the base station side. It couples the RF signals and the OOK
signals to the feeder.

Figure 4-3 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with an external BT)

For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the following sections:
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 1 in 8.4 Deployment.
– GBTS: scenario 1 in 9.4 Deployment.
– Base station using automatic ALD deployment: scenario 1 or 4 in 10 Engineering
Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment).

Daisy Chain Scenario


In a daisy chain scenario, two or more RCUs are connected through AISG multi-wire cables.
The upper-level RCU provides RS485 control signals and power for the lower-level RCU.

In Figure 4-4, RET antennas are cascaded by connecting to the RRUs through the RETPORT.
This connection mode applies to the scenario where antennas for multiple sectors are centrally
installed, for example, on the same pole or tower.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 27


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

In Figure 4-5, RET antennas are cascaded by connecting to the RRUs/RFUs through the
ANTENNAPORT. The connection through the ANTENNAPORT requires SBTs, and
cascading can reduce the number of required SBTs.
For both connection modes, the SCENARIO parameter for all RET antennas must be set to
DAISY_CHAIN, and the RET antennas are identified by serial numbers.
l Figure 4-4 for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB corresponds to scenario 1 in 8.4 Deployment.
The connection for a GBTS corresponds to scenario 1 in 9.4 Deployment.
l Figure 4-5 for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB corresponds to scenario 2 in 8.4 Deployment.
The connection for a GBTS corresponds to scenario 2 in 9.4 Deployment.
l If automatic deployment is applied, the connection corresponds to scenario 2 in 10
Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment).

Figure 4-4 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 28


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

Figure 4-5 Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT

The connections between the RET antenna and the RRU in multimode base stations with
independent antennas are the same as those shown in Figure 4-4 and Figure 4-5. The
RRU/RFU in the figures provides services for different NEs.

The RET antenna data of a multimode base station must be configured only in a single mode.
For details about data configuration, see 7 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD
Deployment on Multimode Base Station). In Figure 4-4,
l If RRU(1) is managed by a GBTS/eGBTS or eNodeB (the RET data is configured on the
GBTS/eGBTS or eNodeB side), the SCENARIO parameters must be set to
DAISY_CHAIN for RET antennas connected to RRU(1) and RRU(2).
l If RRU(1) is managed by a NodeB (the RET data is configured on the NodeB side), the
SCENARIO parameter must be set to DAISY_CHAIN for RET antennas connected to
RRU(1) and to DAISY_CHAIN or 2G_EXTENSION for RET antennas connected to
RRU(2).

Some RF modules, such as the RRU3942 or RRU3841, have four RF ports. These RF
modules have two or more RF ports that support RET functions besides the RET port. For
details, see Table 2-3. Refer to related hard description to decide which two RF ports on these
RF modules can be paired and connected to one antenna to provide transmit or receive
functions. For example, when the RRU3942 or RRU3841 is used, you can refer to RRU3942
Hardware Description or RRU3841 Hardware Description.

An RRU3278 has eight RF ports and can function as two 4T4R RRUs. After the split, the
RRU can be connected to the RCU of the antenna only through the RET port and the RET
antennas must be cascaded because the RRU3278 only has one RET port. For the connection

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 29


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

to the RET antenna through the RETPORT, see Figure 4-6. For the connections between the
RF ports of the RRU3278 and the antenna, see RRU3278 Hardware Description.
The following description assumes that the RRU3942 uses a 2T4R configuration. "T" and "R"
indicate transmission and reception, respectively. RF ports ANT_A and ANT_C on the
RRU3942 are paired and connected to one antenna, and RF ports ANT_B and ANT_D are
paired and connected to the other antenna.
When the RRU3942 is installed close to RET antennas, the RRU3942 is connected to the
RET antennas through the RETPORT. In this case, the RET antennas must be cascaded
because the RRU3942 has only one RETPORT, as shown in Figure 4-6.

Figure 4-6 RRU3942 connected to the RET antenna through the RETPORT

Figure 4-7 shows how the RRU3942 and RET antennas are connected to provide the 2T4R
function when the RRU3942 is installed far from the RET antennas that are centrally
installed.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 30


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

Figure 4-7 RRU3942 connected to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT

In this connection mode, RF port ANT_A is the control port for the two RET antennas
connected to the RRU3942, as shown in Figure 4-7. For the data configuration of this
connection mode for eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, refer to scenario 2 in 8.4 Deployment. For the
data configuration of this connection mode for GBTS, refer to scenario 2 in 9.4 Deployment.

Sector Splitting Scenario


The sector splitting scenario only applies to UMTS. In this scenario, the RRU or RFU is
connected to splitters and then RET antennas, as shown in Figure 4-8.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 31


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

Figure 4-8 Sector splitting scenario

In this scenario, the SCENARIO parameter for all RET antennas must be set to
SECTOR_SPLITTING, and the RET antennas are identified by serial numbers. For the data
configuration of this connection mode for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, see scenario 2 in 8.4
Deployment. This connection mode does not apply to the GBTS.

GATM Scenario
Only the RET antenna of a GBTS needs to be connected to the RRU or RFU through the
GATM. In this scenario, the DRFU must support RET antennas. The DRFU, which cannot
provide OOK signals or support BT function, can be connected to an RET antenna through a
GATM, BT, and SBT, as shown in Figure 4-9. In this scenario:

1. The GATM provides OOK signals and 12 V DC power for the BT.
2. The BT combines OOK signals, 12 V DC power, and RF signals sent by the DRFU and
sends the combined signals to the SBT through feeders.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 32


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

3. The SBT splits the combined signals received into two links. RF signals are sent to the
RET antenna on one link. On the other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485 control
signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multi-wire cable.

Because of hardware limitations, the GATM supports only RET antennas compatible with
AISG1.1 protocols and does not support RET antennas compatible with AISG2.0 protocols.

Figure 4-9 GATM scenario

For the data configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 5 in 9.4 Deployment.

4.1.2 Operations on RET Antennas


The base station can perform the operations on each RET subunit separately, including
configuration file loading, antenna calibration, and downtilt setting.

l Configuration file loading


A configuration file describes the relationship between the RCU and the RET subunit
downtilt. The configuration file is provided by the RET antenna manufacturer. Some
RET antennas have been loaded with default configuration files before delivery. For
RET antennas without default configuration files, run the following command to load the
configuration files:
– GBTS: LOD BTSRETCFGDATA. Before you run this command, run the DLD
BTSALDFILE command to download the RET configuration file from the file
server to the operation and maintenance unit (OMU) of the base station controller
(BSC).

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 33


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DLD RETCFGDATA


Ensure that correct configuration files have been loaded to the RET antennas before
antenna calibration. If an incorrect configuration file is loaded, the RET antenna
will experience unexpected errors. In this case, you can run the DSP
BTSRETSUBUNIT (GBTS) or DSP RETSUBUNIT (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB)
command to query the name of the last loaded configuration file and the load time.
You are advised to load the configuration file to the RET antennas of one or two
base stations, and check whether the actual downtilts are the same as the configured
downtilts. Ensure that a correct configuration file is loaded to the RET subunit
before the calibration.
NOTE

l Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA (GBTS) or DSP RETDEVICEDATA (eGBTS/


NodeB/eNodeB) command to query dynamic information about RET additional data. If any
information is incorrect in the command output, for example, the values of Max tilt and Min
tilt are NULL, no configuration file is loaded or the configuration file is lost.
l Antenna calibration
After an RET antenna is installed, run the following command to calibrate the RET
antenna:
– GBTS: CLB BTSRET
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: CLB RET
During the calibration, RCUs adjust the antennas within the downtilt range until the
antennas operate properly. If the RET antenna is not calibrated, the base station reports
ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated.
After the preceding calibration command is executed:
– If the RET antenna downtilt has been configured on the base station side, it will be
restored to the configured value.
– If the RET antenna downtilt has not been configured, it will be determined by the
actual RET antenna implementation.
NOTE

l An RET antenna does not need to be calibrated again after it is reset or powered off.
l Skip this procedure if the RET antenna has a built-in RCU (that has been calibrated before
delivery) and ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is not reported. Perform this
procedure if the RET antenna has an external RCU or ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not
Calibrated is reported.
l Downtilt setting
After the RET antenna is calibrated, run the following command to set an RET subunit
downtilt:
– GBTS: MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD RETSUBUNIT
Before the configuration, run the following command to query the supported downtilt
range:
– GBTS: DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DSP RETDEVICEDATA
Because setting RET subunit downtilt affects the coverage of the related antennas,
specify parameters based on the engineering design.
NOTE

The downtilt range of an RET antenna varies with the manufacturer and model.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 34


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

The base station can perform software downloading and RCU resetting on each RCU
separately.
l RCU software downloading
The RET manufacturers provide RCU software. For details, see the documents provided
by the manufacturers.
Run the following command to download the RCU software:
– GBTS: LOD BTSALDSW. Before you run this command, run the DLD
BTSALDFILE command to download the RCU software from the file server to the
BSC OMU.
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DLD ALDSW
l RCU resetting
Run the following command to reset the RCU:
– GBTS: RST BTSALD
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: RST ALD
Resetting the RCU does not change the RET antenna downtilt.

4.2 TMA

4.2.1 Connections Between the TMA, RRU/RFU, and RET


Antenna
If an RRU or RFU is to be connected to an RET antenna through a TMA, the RRU or RFU
control port must be connected to the TMA control port.

Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)


A TMA is connected to an RRU or RFU and RET antenna, and is powered by the RRU or
RFU.
With the integrated SBT, the TMA splits combined signals from the RRUs or RFUs into two
paths. On one path, RF signals are sent to the RET antenna. On the other path, OOK signals
are converted to RS485 control signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through
an AISG multi-wire cable.
Figure 4-10 shows how an RRU or RFU with two RF ports is connected to the TMA and
RET antenna.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 35


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

Figure 4-10 Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)

For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the following sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 3 in 8.4 Deployment.
l GBTS: scenario 3 in 9.4 Deployment.
l Base station using automatic ALD deployment: scenario 2 or 5 in 10 Engineering
Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment).
Figure 4-11 shows how two RF modules are cascaded and then connected to the TMA and
RET antenna. In this mode, RF ports ANT_A on the two RF modules are connected to the
TMA and RET antenna, and either RF port ANT_A can be the control port for the RET
antenna connected to the two RF modules.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 36


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

Figure 4-11 Two cascaded RF modules connected to the RET antenna through the TMA

For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the following sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 3 in 8.4 Deployment.
l GBTS: scenario 3 in 9.4 Deployment.
l Base station using automatic ALD deployment: scenario 6 in 10 Engineering
Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment).
When RRUs with four RF ports are connected to two antennas, two RF ports on these RRUs
can be paired and connected to one antenna. The following description assumes that the
RRU3942 uses a 2T4R configuration. RF ports ANT_A and ANT_C on the RRU3942 are
paired and connected to one antenna, and RF ports ANT_B and ANT_D are paired and
connected to the other antenna. Figure 4-12 shows how the RRU3942 is connected to RET
antenna through the TMA.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 37


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

Figure 4-12 RRU3942 (2T4R) connected to the RET antenna through the TMA

For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the following sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 3 in 8.4 Deployment.
l GBTS: scenario 3 in 9.4 Deployment.
l Base station using automatic ALD deployment: scenario 7 in 10 Engineering
Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment).
In Figure 4-12, RF ports ANT_A and ANT_B are the control ports for Antenna(1) and
Antenna(2), respectively.

Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a TMA)


For RRUs without a BT, such as the RRU3004 for GSM, RRU3801C (20 W) for UMTS, and
RRU3220 for LTE, RF ports cannot provide 12 V DC power for antennas. In this case, the

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 38


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

RET port on an RRU connects to an external BT to provide power for antennas, as shown in
Figure 4-13.
The signal transmission process is as follows
1. The RRU supplies 12 V DC power and sends RS485 control signals to the external BT
through an AISG multi-wire cable.
2. The BT converts RS485 control signals to OOK signals, combines the OOK signals and
RF signals, transparently forwards 12 V DC power, and sends the combined signals to
the TMA.
3. The TMA splits the combined signals into two paths. On one path, RF signals are sent to
the RET antenna. On the other path, OOK signals are converted to RS485 control signals
and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multi-wire cable. For the
data configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 4 in 8.4 Deployment for an
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB or scenario 4 in 9.4 Deployment for a GBTS.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 39


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

Figure 4-13 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with a TMA)

GATM Scenario
The TMA needs to be connected to the GATM only for a GBTS. In this scenario, a DRFU is
connected to a TMA through a GATM and BT, as shown in Figure 4-14. The GATM feeds 12
V DC power to the BT. Then, the BT combines the OOK signals, 12 V DC power, and RF
signals and sends the combined signals to the TMA.
The GATM can supply power only to the connected TMA. The TMA provides the default
gains, which are not configurable. You need to first configure parameters related to the power
switch and current alarm threshold for the port on the GATM connecting to the TMA. For
details about data preparation, see Table 9-7. Then, configure parameters related to the RX

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 40


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

channel attenuation. For details about data preparation, see Table 9-5. RET data is not
involved in this connection mode.

Figure 4-14 Connection to the TMA through the GATM

4.2.2 Operations on the TMA


TMA gains and working modes are configurable.

l Setting TMA working mode


By default, the working mode of the TMA is set to NORMAL to ensure normal
operation. If you run the following command with the MODE parameter set to BYPASS,
the TMA serves as a straight-through feeder and does not amplify signals:
– GBTS: MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD TMASUBUNIT
l Setting TMA gain
– Run the following command to query the value range of TMA gain:
GBTS: DSP BTSTMADEVICEDATA
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DSP TMADEVICEDATA
– Run the following command to set TMA subunit gain:
GBTS: MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD TMASUBUNIT

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 41


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

– The gain of the TMA with fixed gain is not configurable.


The base station can perform software downloading and TMA resetting on the TMA
separately.
l TMA software downloading
For details about the TMA software, see the documents provided by the TMA
manufacturer.
Run the following command to download the TMA software:
GBTS: LOD BTSALDSW. Before you run this command, run the DLD BTSALDFILE
command to download the TMA software from the file server to the BSC OMU.
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DLD ALDSW
l TMA resetting
Run the following command to reset the TMA:
– GBTS: RST BTSALD
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: RST ALD
Resetting the TMA does not change the TMA gain and working mode.

4.3 SASU

4.3.1 Connections Between the SASU, RRU/RFU, and RET


Antenna
Figure 4-15 shows how the SASU, RRUs/RFUs, and RET antenna are connected when
RRUs/RFUs for GSM (referred to as 2G) and UMTS (referred to as 3G) share one RET
antenna and the SASU is installed less than 20 m away from the RET antenna. With the
integrated SBT, the SASU splits combined 3G signals from the RRUs/RFUs into two links.
RF signals and 2G signals are combined and sent to the RET antenna on one link. On the
other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485 control signals and 12 V DC power is
forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multi-wire cable.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 42


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

Figure 4-15 SASU directly connected to the RET antenna

SASU data can be configured only on the NodeB side. Because the SASU is an active device,
you need to turn on the power switch for the 3G RRU control port on the NodeB side, and
specify current alarm thresholds. For connection mode in Figure 4-15, set the DCSWITCH
parameter for the SASU to OFF. Otherwise, the RET antenna will short-circuit. For the data
configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 5 in section 8.4 Deployment.
Figure 4-16 shows how the SASU, RRUs/RFUs, TMA, and RET antenna are connected
when the SASU is installed greater than 20 m away from the RET antenna. The SASU
combines 2G and 3G signals and sends the combined signals to the TMA. The TMA splits the
combined signals into two links. RF signals are sent to the RET antenna on one link. On the
other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485 control signals and 12 V DC power is
forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multi-wire cable.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 43


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

Figure 4-16 SASU connected to the TMA and RET antenna

In this connection mode, the DCSWITCH parameter for the SASU cannot be set to OFF
because the TMA is an active device. If the DCSWITCH parameter is set to UMTS, specify
the DCLOAD parameter for SASU subunits so that the TMA connected to the SASU can be
acknowledged by the base transceiver station (BTS). For the data configuration for this
connection mode, see scenario 6 in section 8.4 Deployment.

4.3.2 Operations on the SASU


The SASU DC power switch, gain, and working mode are configurable only on the NodeB
side.

l Setting the DC power switch


When the SASU is connected to the RET antenna through a TMA, run the MOD SASU
command with the DCSWITCH parameter set to any value except OFF. When the

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 44


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

SASU is directly connected to the RET antenna, set the DCSWITCH parameter for the
SASU to OFF. Otherwise, the RET antenna will short-circuit.
l Setting SASU working mode
By default, the SASU is set to NORMAL working mode to ensure normal operation. If
you run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command with the MODE parameter set to
BYPASS, the SASU serves as a straight-through feeder and does not amplify signals.
l Setting SASU gain
1. Run the DSP SASUDEVICEDATA command to query the value range of SASU gain.
2. Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to set SASU subunit gain.
The base station can perform operations on the SASU separately, including software
download and SASU reset.
l SASU software download
Run the DLD ALDSW command to download the SASU software.
For details about the SASU software, see the documents provided by the SASU
manufacturer.
l SASU reset
Run the RST ALD command to reset the SASU.
Resetting the SASU does not change the SASU gain and working mode.

4.4 RAE

4.4.1 Connections Between the RAE and RRU/RFU


When an RAE connects to an RRU/RFU, only one AISU is installed for each sector, and other
connected RET devices are not equipped with the RAE. One RRU can control only one
AISU. The AISU must be installed on the antenna connected to the RRU, forming a control
link.

Scenario 1: Connection to the RAE Through the RETPORT


Figure 4-17 shows a connection to the RAE through the RETPORT.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 45


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

Figure 4-17 Connection to the RAE through the RETPORT

For details of data configuration in this connection mode for the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, see
scenario 9 in 8.4 Deployment.

Scenario 2: Connection to the RAE Through the RETPORT (with an RET


Antenna)
Figure 4-18 shows a connection to the RAE through the RETPORT (with an RET antenna).

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 46


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

Figure 4-18 Connection to the RAE through the RETPORT (with an RET antenna)

For details of data configuration in this connection mode for the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, see
scenario 10 in 8.4 Deployment.

Scenario 3: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT


Figure 4-19 shows a connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 47


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

Figure 4-19 Connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT

For details of data configuration in this connection mode for the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, see
scenario 11 in 8.4 Deployment.

Scenario 4: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT (with an RET


Antenna)
Figure 4-20 shows a connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with an RET
antenna).

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 48


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

Figure 4-20 Connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with an RET antenna)

For details of data configuration in this connection mode for the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, see
scenario 12 in 8.4 Deployment.

Scenario 5: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)


Figure 4-21 shows a connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA).

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 49


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

Figure 4-21 Connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)

For details of data configuration in this connection mode for the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, see
scenario 13 in 8.4 Deployment.

Scenario 6: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA


and an RET Antenna)
Figure 4-22 shows a connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA and
an RET antenna).

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 50


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

Figure 4-22 Connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA and an RET
antenna)

For details of data configuration in this connection mode for the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, see
scenario 14 in 8.4 Deployment.

4.4.2 Operations on the RAE


Antenna engineering parameters can be remotely queried.
l Querying the RAE function list
Run the DSP RAEFUNCTION command to query the functions supported by the RAE.
l Querying antenna engineering parameters
Run the DSP RAEDEVICEDATA command to query the antenna engineering
parameters, including antenna azimuth, mechanical tilt angle, height, latitude, and
longitude.
The base station can perform operations on the RAE separately, including RAE software
download and RAE reset.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 51


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

l RAE software download


Run the DLD ALDSW command to download the RAE software. For details about the
RAE software, see the documents provided by the RAE manufacturer.
l RAE reset
Run the RST ALD command to reset the RAE.

4.5 AAS

4.5.1 AAS Modules with Passive Antennas


An AAS module has two types of external ports: an RET port and an antenna port. The
antenna ports are at the bottom of the AU. Some AAS modules have AISG ports, which are
connected to the RRU/RFU for the RET function.
Table 2-6 lists the capabilities of AAS modules to support the RET function.
Before setting the RET function, you must configure the AAS module. RETTYPE must be set
to SINGLE_RET. SCENARIO must be set to DAISY_CHAIN. You can determine which
antenna to use for the RET function according to the serial number of the integrated antenna.
If you need to set the RET function for only one antenna, set SCENARIO to
DAISY_CHAIN. In addition, specify the VENDORCODE and SERIALNO parameters to
identify which antenna is to be configured because the antennas in the AAS module are
working in daisy chain mode. For the serial numbers of the integrated antennas in the AAS
module, see the hardware description of the AAS module.

Scenario 1: Using the MU to Provide the RET Function on the AAS Module
As shown in Figure 4-23, RRUs or RFUs connect to an AAS module with passive antennas
through external ports on the AAS module. Choose an appropriate external port to connect the
RRU or RFU to the AAS module based on the supported frequency band, as shown in Figure
4-23. In this scenario, the RET function for the AAS module with passive antennas must be
set through the RAT that manages the AAS module. For example, to enable GSM RRUs/
RFUs to use the RET function for the AAS module with passive antennas when the AAS
module is managed by UMTS, the RET function must be set in UMTS.
Before setting the RET function, you must configure the AAS module. Compared with the
RET function on conventional antennas, the RET function on the AAS module with passive
antennas does not require configurations of power supply switches or current alarm
thresholds.
For the data configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 7 in 8.4 Deployment.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 52


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

Figure 4-23 Using the MU to control the RET function

Scenario 2: Using the RRU/RFU to Provide the RET Function on the AAS Module
When the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas is provided by an RRU or
RFU connecting to the AAS module, the connections between the RRU or RFU and the AAS
module are similar to the connections between the RRU or RFU and the conventional RET
antennas except for the AISG port configuration, as shown in Figure 4-24. In this scenario,
the AAS module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the configuration
can be performed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
For other data configurations,
l In scenarios in which the RET function is set on an RETPORT of an external RRU
connected to an AAS module with passive antennas, the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB
corresponds to scenario 1 in 8.4 Deployment, and the GBTS corresponds to scenario 1
in 9.4 Deployment.
l In scenarios in which the RET function is set on an ANTENNAPORT of an external
RRU/RFU connected to an AAS module with passive antennas, the eGBTS/NodeB/
eNodeB corresponds to scenario 2 in 8.4 Deployment and the GBTS corresponds to
scenario 2 in 9.4 Deployment.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 53


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

Figure 4-24 Using the RRU/RFU to control the RET function

Scenario 3: Using the Active Module (RU) on the AAS Module to Provide the
RET Function
When the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas is controlled by the active
module on the AAS:
l For the AAU3910/AAU3911/AAU3920/AAU3961, the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RETPORT, as shown in Figure 4-25.
l For the AAU3940/AAU5940, the RET function on an AAS module is controlled by the
ANTENNAPORT and the port must be R0A, as shown in Figure 4-26.
In this case, the active module works as a conventional RET device and therefore
configurations on this active module are the same as those on a conventional RET device. In
addition, some AAS modules not only provide the RET function but also some Huawei-
defined functions. For example, the AAU5940 provides the vertical beamwidth adjustment
feature which is configured and managed by the RVD.
For other data configurations for this connection mode for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, see
scenario 8 in 8.4 Deployment.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 54


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

Figure 4-25 RET function controlled by the active module of an AAS module (AAU3910/
AAU3911/AAU3920/AAU3961)

Figure 4-26 RET function controlled by the active module of an AAS module (AAU3940/
AAU5940)

4.5.2 Operations on AAS Modules

Operations on the RET of AAS Modules with Passive Antennas


Each RET subunit of the passive antennas in the AAS module functions as a single antenna
working in daisy chain mode.

l Scanning

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 55


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

You can scan all the AAS modules connected to an RF module. When the RET function
for a specific AAS module is controlled by an RF module, the RET function for the
module cannot be scanned or controlled by other RF modules that are also connected to
the AAS module.
If multiple RF modules share the AAS module, running the SCN ALD command may
fail to scan all the RET antennas of all RF modules at a time. In this scenario, you can
run this command separately to scan the RF module of which the RET antenna cannot be
found.
l Configuration file loading
Loading configuration files is not required because AAS modules with passive antennas
have built-in configurations files. If ALM-26754 RET Antenna Data Loss is reported,
the configuration files have been lost. In this case, you can run the DLD
RETCFGDATA command to reload configuration files for the AAS module with
passive antennas. Note that this command applies only to eGBTSs, NodeBs, and
eNodeBs.
l Antenna calibration
After an AAS module with passive antennas is installed, run the CLB RET command on
the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to calibrate the antennas. During the calibration, RCUs
adjust the antennas within the downtilt range until the antennas operate properly. If the
calibration fails, ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is generated.
NOTE

l After the AAS module is reset or powered off, it does not need to be calibrated again.
l Skip this procedure if the RET antenna has a built-in RCU (that has been calibrated before delivery)
and ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is not reported. Perform this procedure if the RET
antenna has an external RCU or ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is reported.
l Downtilt setting
After the AAS module is calibrated, run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command on the
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to query the supported downtilt range. Then, run the
MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set the downtilts for RET subunits. Because setting
RET subunit downtilt affects the coverage of the related antennas, specify parameters
based on the engineering design.
NOTE

Each RET subunit supports a unique downtilt range.

The base station can download software for each built-in RCU and reset each built-in RCU
separately.

l RCU software downloading


Run the DLD ALDSW command on the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to download the
RCU software. For details, see AAS-related documents.
l RCU resetting
Run the RST ALD command on the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to reset an RCU.
RCU reset does not change the RET unit's downtilt.

Operations on the RVD of AAS Modules with Passive Antennas


The RVD is a configuration model for managing Huawei-defined devices. Some AAS
modules support certain Huawei proprietary functions. For example, the AAU5940 provides
the vertical beamwidth adjustment feature, which is controlled by the RVD.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 56


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations

The operation processes of the RVD are described as follows:


l Scanning
Run the SCN ALD command to scan the RET antennas controlled by RF modules. An
RVD can be scanned when it exists.
l Configuration file loading
Run the DLD ALDCFGDATA command to reload configuration files for the RVD. Set
the Device Type parameter in the command to RVD(RVD). This command applies only
to eGBTSs, NodeBs, and eNodeBs.
l Antenna calibration
Run the CLB ALD command to calibrate an RVD. This command applies only to
eGBTSs, NodeBs, and eNodeBs. If the calibration fails, ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not
Calibrated is generated. Set the Device Type parameter in the command to RVD(RVD).
Vertical beamwidth adjustment (for example, the adjustment provided by the AAU5940):
l Vertical beamwidth configuration
– Before the configuration, run the DSP RVDSUBUNIT command to query the tilt
angle range supported by the RVD subunit. This command applies only to eGBTSs,
NodeBs, and eNodeBs.
– Run the MOD RVDSUBUNIT to configure the vertical beamwidth. This command
applies only to eGBTSs, NodeBs, and eNodeBs.
NOTE

Because setting vertical beamwidth using the RVD affects the coverage of the related antennas, the
related parameters must be specified based on the engineering design.

The base station can download software and reset the RVD separately.
l Software downloading
The AAS manufacturers provide software for the RVD. For details, see the AAS-related
documents. Run the DLD ALDSW command with Device Type to RVD(RVD) to
download software for an RVD. This command applies only to eGBTSs, NodeBs, and
eNodeBs.
l RVD resetting
Run the RST ALD command to reset an RVD. This command applies only to eGBTSs,
NodeBs, and eNodeBs. When an RVD is reset, the new parameter configurations take
effect.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 57


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 5 Related Features

5 Related Features

5.1 MRFD-210601 Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted


Amplifier)
Prerequisite Features
None

Mutually Exclusive Features


None

Impacted Features
None

5.2 MRFD-210602 Remote Electrical Tilt


Prerequisite Features
None

Mutually Exclusive Features


None

Impacted Features
None

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 58


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 5 Related Features

5.3 WRFD-060003 Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900


MHz)
Prerequisite Features
None

Mutually Exclusive Features


None

Impacted Features
None

5.4 LBFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control


Prerequisite Features
None

Mutually Exclusive Features


None

Impacted Features
None

5.5 TDLBFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control


Prerequisite Features
None

Mutually Exclusive Features


None

Impacted Features
None

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 59


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 5 Related Features

5.6 MLBFD-12000421 Remote Electrical Tilt Control


Prerequisite Features
None

Mutually Exclusive Features


None

Impacted Features
None

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 60


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 6 Network Impact

6 Network Impact

6.1 MRFD-210601 Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted


Amplifier)
System Capacity
None

Network Performance
None

6.2 MRFD-210602 Remote Electrical Tilt


System Capacity
None

Network Performance
None

6.3 WRFD-060003 Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900


MHz)
System Capacity
None

Network Performance
None

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 61


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 6 Network Impact

6.4 LBFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control


System Capacity
None

Network Performance
None

6.5 TDLBFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control


System Capacity
None

Network Performance
None

6.6 MLBFD-12000421 Remote Electrical Tilt Control


System Capacity
None

Network Performance
None

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 62


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 7 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Multimode Base Station)

7 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD


Deployment on Multimode Base Station)

7.1 When to Use


It is recommended that ALD management be used when ALDs have been installed and the
ALDs comply with the AISG protocol. The AISG protocol has two commonly used versions,
AISG v1.1 and AISG v2.0. Both are supported in SRAN8.0 and later.

7.2 Required Information


N/A

7.3 Planning
N/A

7.4 Deployment

7.4.1 Requirements
GSM, LTE, and UMTS are not involved.

7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs)


Determine the location of the ALD control port on the RRU or RFU. The ALD control port
provides power and OOK signals for the ALD. You can locate the port based on the site's
cable connections.
Device data in a co-MPT multimode base station needs to be configured only once. For a co-
MPT multimode base station, you only need to determine which RRU/RFU port is the control
port for the ALD device and configure the power switch, current threshold and ALD data
once.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 63


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 7 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Multimode Base Station)

For a separate-MPT base station, the RRU or RFU can be managed by a single mode or
multiple modes. Determine the mode that manages the RRU or RFU and configure all data for
the ALD powered by this RRU or RFU in this mode. This procedure involves the following
two scenarios:

Scenario 1: RRU/RFU Is Managed by a Single Mode


The RRU or RFU is working in a single-mode or multimode base station, and provides power
and OOK signals for the ALD.
Determine the mode that manages the RRU or RFU and configure all ALD data in this mode.

Scenario 2: RRU/RFU Is Managed by Multiple Modes


The RRU or RFU is working in a multimode base station, and provides power and OOK
signals for the ALD.
Parameters related to the ALD control port in this scenario are RF module common
parameters. During the data preparation, initial configuration, feature reconfiguration, the
common parameters must be set to the consistent values in all RAT systems served by the
multi-mode RRU/RFU.

Table 7-1 Common ALD parameters for RF modules in each mode


Object GBTS eGBTS/ Recommended Setting
Parameter NodeB/
Name eNodeB/Co
-MPT Base
Station
Parameter
Name

Control port RET ALD ALD Power For a separate-MPT base station, set this
(RET port as Power Switch parameter to ON in all modes. The
a control Switch RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT
port) switches on one RRU cannot be turned on
simultaneously.

RET ALD Current For a separate-MPT base station, each of


Current Alarm these parameters must be set to the same
Alarm Threshold value in all modes. For recommended
Threshold values, see Table 8-24.
Type

RET ALD Undercurrent


Under Alarm Occur
Current Threshold
Occur
Threshold(
mA)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 64


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 7 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Multimode Base Station)

Object GBTS eGBTS/ Recommended Setting


Parameter NodeB/
Name eNodeB/Co
-MPT Base
Station
Parameter
Name

RET ALD Undercurrent


Under Alarm Clear
Current Threshold
Clear
Threshold(
mA)

RET ALD Overcurrent


Over Alarm Occur
Current Threshold
Occur
Threshold(
mA)

RET ALD Overcurrent


Over Alarm Clear
Current Threshold
Clear
Threshold(
mA)

Control port ANT_A ALD Power For a separate-MPT base station, set this
(RF port as a ALD Power Switch parameter to ON in all modes. The
control port Switch RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT
and ANT_A switches on one RRU cannot be turned on
as an simultaneously.
example)
ANT_A Current For a separate-MPT base station, each of
ALD Alarm these parameters must be set to the same
Current Threshold value in all modes. For recommended
Alarm Type values, see Table 8-23.
Threshold
Type

ANT_A Undercurrent
ALD Over Alarm Occur
Current Threshold
Occur
Threshold(
mA)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 65


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 7 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Multimode Base Station)

Object GBTS eGBTS/ Recommended Setting


Parameter NodeB/
Name eNodeB/Co
-MPT Base
Station
Parameter
Name

ANT_A Undercurrent
ALD Over Alarm Clear
Current Threshold
Clear
Threshold(
mA)

ANT_A Overcurrent
ALD Under Alarm Occur
Current Threshold
Occur
Threshold(
mA)

ANT_A Overcurrent
ALD Under Alarm Clear
Current Threshold
Clear
Threshold(
mA)

RRU/RFU Antenna Attenuation If no TMA is used, set this parameter to 0.


RX channel Tributary 1 If a 12 dB TMA is used, set this parameter
attenuation Factor to a value within the range from 4 dB to 11
Antenna Attenuation dB.
Tributary 2 If a 24 dB TMA is used, set this parameter
Factor to a value within the range from 11 dB to
22 dB.
For a separate-MPT base station, each of
these parameters must be set to the same
value in all modes.

NOTE

When an RF port except ANT_A is used as a control port, common ALD parameters are named in the
following ways:
l For a GBTS, common ALD parameters are named by analogy based on Table 7-1. For example,
when ANT_B is used as the control port, ANT_B ALD Power Switch is the correct parameter name
l For an eGBTS, NodeB, eNodeB, or co-MPT base station, common ALD parameters are named in
the same way as those listed in Table 7-1.

Other ALD-related parameters, except the RF module common parameters, must be set only
in one mode of the separate-MPT base station. Choose one from the modes that manage the
RRU or RFU providing power and OOK signals for the ALD. Then, configure all data for the
ALD only in this mode.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 66


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 7 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Multimode Base Station)

NOTE

l The mode in which the other ALD-related parameters are set must be the same in the data
preparation, initial configuration, activation observation, and reconfiguration.
l Only one maintenance link can be established between the RRU or RFU and the ALDs. Therefore,
ALD data can be configured only in one mode of a multimode base station. If ALD data is
configured in two modes in this multimode base station, unexpected faults will occur. For example,
ALDs cannot be scanned, or ALM-26541 ALD Maintenance Link Failure is reported. If such faults
occur, remove the ALD data configuration in both modes, and scan and configure the ALDs in the
correct mode. If ALDs cannot be scanned after the ALD data configuration is removed, turn off the
power switches in both modes, and set the power switches and current alarm thresholds in both
modes again.

7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules)


Device data in a co-MPT multimode base station needs to be configured only once. For a co-
MPT multimode base station using AAS modules with passive antennas, you only need to
configure ALD data only once.

For a separate-MPT base station using AAS modules, configure ALD data based on the site's
cable connections. The RET data must be configured only on one side.

When an AAS module with passive antennas does not have an AISG port, the RET function
on the AAS module is configured on and managed by the mode managing the AAS module.
Therefore, determine the managing mode first. If the AAS module is managed by multiple
modes, select one of them.

When the AAS module has an AISG port, the RET function on the AAS module with passive
antennas is configured on and managed by the mode that manages AAS module (Method 1).
Alternatively, the RET function is configured on the RRU or RFU that provides power and
OOK signals for the AAS module with passive antennas (Method 2). When the site's cable
connections support both methods, you can use only one method to configure the RET
function because faults may occur if you choose both methods.

l If method 1 is used, the configuration for the RET function is same as that for scenario in
which the AAS module does not have an AISG port.
l If method 2 is used, the configuration for the RET function is same as that for the RET
antennas. For details, see section 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs).

7.4.4 Data Preparation


For a co-MPT base station, data preparation is the same as that for an eGBTS/NodeB/
eNodeB. For details, see 8.4.2 Data Preparation.

For a separate-MPT base station, data preparations differ as follows:

Scenario 1: RRU/RFU Is Managed by a Single Mode


In this scenario, the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD.

This scenario does not involve RF module common parameters. Determine the mode that
manages the RRU or RFU according to 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs)
and then prepare all ALD data in the mode. For details, see the following data preparation
sections:

l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: 8.4.2 Data Preparation

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 67


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 7 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Multimode Base Station)

l GBTS: 9.4.2 Data Preparation

Scenario 2: RRU/RFU Is Managed by Multiple Modes


In this scenario, the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD.
Prepare the RF module common parameters on the sides of all the modes that manage the
RRU or RFU. For details, see Table 7-1.
Select one of the modes that manage the RRN or RFU according to 7.4.2 Overall Process
(RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs) and then prepare other ALD parameters except the RF module
common parameters in this mode. For details, see the following data preparation sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: 8.4.2 Data Preparation
l GBTS: 9.4.2 Data Preparation

Scenario 3: AAS Modules Are Used


Determine the mode in which the RET function is set for the AAS module according to 7.4.3
Overall Process (AAS Modules). The data preparation for the mode is the same as that for a
single-mode base station.
If an AAS module with passive antennas is used, see scenario 1, 2, 7, or 8 in 8.4.2 Data
Preparation.

7.4.5 Initial Configuration


For a co-MPT base station, initial configuration is the same that for an eGBTS/NodeB/
eNodeB. For details, see 8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI or 8.4.5 Initial
Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.
For a separate-MPT base station, initial configurations differ as follows:

Scenario 1: RRU/RFU Is Managed by a Single Mode


The RRU or RFU is working in a single-mode or multimode base station, and provides power
and OOK signals for the ALD.
Determine the mode that manages the RRU or RFU and configure all data for the ALD
powered by this RRU or RFU in this mode. For details, see the following initial configuration
sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: 8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 8.4.5 Initial
Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands
l GBTS: 9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 9.4.5 Initial Configuration on a
Single Base Station Using MML Commands

Scenario 2: RRU/RFU Is Managed by Multiple Modes


The RRU or RFU is working in a multimode base station, and provides power and OOK
signals for the ALD.
Before you set other ALD-related parameters, set the RF module common parameters listed in
Table 7-1 to consistent values for all modes that manage the RRU or RFU. If ALD power
supply switches are turned on for the modes managing the RRU or RFU and current alarm

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 68


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 7 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Multimode Base Station)

threshold configurations are inconsistent for these modes, ALM-26272 Inter-System RF Unit
Parameter Settings Conflict will be reported.
Run the following commands to set RF module common parameters:
l GBTS: SET BTSRXUBP
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD RETPORT/MOD ANTENNAPORT
NOTE

The RRU or RFU managed by multiple modes can supply power to ALDs only if the ALD power
switches are turned on for all modes that manage the multi-mode RRU or RFU. The ALD can be
scanned only after the power supply is normal.
The RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT switches on one RRU cannot be turned on simultaneously.

Then, select one of the modes that manage the RRU or RFU and set the other ALD-related
parameters in this mode. For example, if the RRU or RFU is managed by the GBTS and
NodeB, set the other ALD-related parameters on the GBTS or NodeB side. The configuration
procedure is the same as that for the related mode.
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: 8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 8.4.5 Initial
Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands
l GBTS: 9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 9.4.5 Initial Configuration on a
Single Base Station Using MML Commands

Scenario 3: AAS Modules Are Used


Determine the mode in which the RET function is set for the AAS module according to 7.4.3
Overall Process (AAS Modules). The configuration for the mode is the same as that for a
single-mode base station.
l To use a graphical user interface (GUI) to configure an AAS module, see 8.4.4 Initial
Configuration on the GUI.
l To use MML commands to configure an AAS module with passive antennas, see
scenario 1, 2, or 7 in 8.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML
Commands.

7.4.6 Commissioning
For a co-MPT base station, the commissioning procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS/
NodeB/eNodeB. For details, see 8.4.6 Commissioning.
For a separate-MPT base station, this procedure does not involve the RF module command
parameters. Determine the mode for configuring the ALD according to 7.4.2 Overall Process
(RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs) and perform this procedure accordingly. For details, see the
following sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: 8.4.6 Commissioning
l GBTS: 8.4.6 Commissioning

7.4.7 Activation Observation


For a co-MPT base station, the active observation procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS/
NodeB/eNodeB. For details, see 8.4.7 Activation Observation.
For a separate-MPT base station, this procedure does not involve the RF module command
parameters. Determine the mode for configuring the ALD according to 7.4.2 Overall Process

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 69


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 7 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Multimode Base Station)

(RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs) and perform this procedure accordingly. For details, see the
following sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: 8.4.7 Activation Observation
l GBTS: 9.4.7 Activation Observation

7.4.8 Deactivation
For a co-MPT base station, the deactivation procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS/
NodeB/eNodeB. For details, see 8.4.8 Deactivation.
For a separate-MPT base station, this procedure does not involve the RF module command
parameters. Determine the mode for configuring the ALD according to 7.4.2 Overall Process
(RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs) and perform this procedure accordingly. For details, see the
following sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: 8.4.8 Deactivation
l GBTS: 9.4.8 Deactivation

7.4.9 Reconfiguration
For a co-MPT base station, the reconfiguration procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS/
NodeB/eNodeB. For details, see 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.
For a separate-MPT base station, reconfigurations differ as follows:

Scenario 1: RRU/RFU Is Managed by a Single Mode


In this scenario, the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD.
Determine the location of the ALD control port on the RRU or RFU. The ALD control port
provides power and OOK signals for the ALD. You can locate the port based on the site's
cable connections.
This scenario does not involve RF module common parameters. Determine the mode that
manages the RRU or RFU based on 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs) and
reconfigure ALD data in this mode. For details, see the following reconfiguration sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: 8.4.9 Reconfiguration
l GBTS: 9.4.9 Reconfiguration

Scenario 2: RRU/RFU Is Managed by Multiple Modes


In this scenario, the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD.
If the RF module common parameters listed in Table 7-1 need to be reconfigured, reconfigure
the parameters consistently for all modes that manage the RRU or RFU.
Run the following commands to set RF module common parameters:
l GBTS: SET BTSRXUBP
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD RETPORT/MOD ANTENNAPORT
If other ALD-related parameters except the RF module common parameters need to be
reconfigured, determine the mode for configuring the ALD based on 7.4.2 Overall Process
(RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs) and perform this procedure accordingly.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 70


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 7 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Multimode Base Station)

l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: 8.4.9 Reconfiguration


l GBTS: 9.4.9 Reconfiguration

Scenario 3: AAS Modules Are Used


Determine the mode on whose side the RET function is configured in the AAS module based
on 6.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules). The data preparation for the mode is the same as
that for a single-mode base station. For details, see 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.

7.5 Performance Monitoring


N/A

7.6 Parameter Optimization


N/A

7.7 Possible Issues


For a co-MPT base station, troubleshoot the ALD faults in the same way as that for an
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB. For details, see 8.7 Possible Issues.
For a separate-MPT base station, determine the mode in which the ALD is configured based
on 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs), and then troubleshoot the ALD
faults in this mode accordingly. For details, see the following sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: 8.7 Possible Issues
l GBTS: 9.7 Possible Issues

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 71


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD


Deployment on eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

8.1 When to Use


For details, see section 7.1 When to Use.

8.2 Required Information


N/A

8.3 Planning
N/A

8.4 Deployment

8.4.1 Requirements
For details, see section 7.4.1 Requirements.

8.4.2 Data Preparation

Introduction
This section includes only key parameters, not parameters in all scenarios.

Data sources of key parameters include the following:

l Radio network planning (internal planning): The parameter value comes from the radio
network plan, facilitating resource management on the current NE.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 72


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

l Radio network planning (negotiated with the peer): The parameter value comes from the
radio network plan. The NE negotiates this value with the peer device to ensure
successful interworking.
l Transport network planning (internal planning): The parameter value comes from the
transport network plan, facilitating resource management on the current NE.
l Transport network planning (negotiated with the peer): The parameter value comes from
the transport network plan. The NE negotiates this value with the peer device to ensure
successful interworking.
l Equipment planning: The parameter value comes from the equipment plan.
l Engineering design: The parameter value comes from the algorithm or function design.
l Default/recommended value: The parameter uses the default or recommended value, and
the recommended value is preferential. The default or recommended value can be used in
most scenarios and adjusted for a specific scenario.
l N/A: The parameter value is not required.
ALD data configuration varies with scenario, depending on:
l The type of the RRU, RFU or AAS port through which control signals are sent to an
RET antenna
l Whether you use a TMA/RAE
l Whether the NodeB supports SASUs
The scenarios are as follows:
l Scenario 1: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT
l Scenario 2: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT
l Scenario 3: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)
l Scenario 4: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with a TMA)
l Scenario 5: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with an
SASU)
l Scenario 6: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with an
SASU and a TMA)
l Scenario 7: connection to the AAS module with passive antennas (MU)
l Scenario 8: connection to the AAS module with passive antennas (RU)
l Scenario 9: connection to the RAE through the RETPORT
l Scenario 10: connection to the RAE through the RETPORT (with an RET antenna)
l Scenario 11: connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT
l Scenario 12: connection the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with an RET antenna)
l Scenario 13: connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)
l Scenario 14: connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with an RET
antenna and a TMA)

Generic Data
Before configuring ALD data, collect the following generic data:
l Configuration file for the RET antenna: Used to determine whether to update the
configuration file. Obtain the configuration file from the RET antenna manufacturer
based on the RCU and antenna models.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 73


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

l Software of the RET antenna, TMA, RAE, and SASU: Used to determine whether to
update the software. If an update is required, obtain the software from the RET antenna,
TMA, and SASU manufacturers.
l RET antenna connections: Used to determine whether RET antennas are connected in a
regular scenario. If the RET antennas are not connected in a regular scenario, record
serial numbers of RET antennas and the mapping between the RET antennas and the
base station/sectors. The serial numbers are printed on labels of the RET antennas.
l Connections between the RET antenna, TMA, RAE, SASU, and RRU/RFU: Used to
determine the specific connections between these devices (such as the type of RRU or
RFU port through which control signals are sent to an RET antenna) and the connections
between each antenna subunit and the RRU or RFU (if multiple antennas are used)
l Current alarm thresholds for the RET antenna, TMA, RAE, and SASU, which are
provided in the related specifications.
l Connections between the AAS module and RRU/RFU (only when an AAS module with
passive antennas is used): Used to determine whether the RET function for the AAS
module is set through the configured MU or the RRU/RFU connecting to the AAS
module and to which integrated passive antenna the RRU or RFU is connected

NOTE

It is recommended that you obtain the basic information about the RET antenna, TMA, RAE, and SASU
at the site, including the antenna model, RCU model, antenna type (single-antenna or multi-antenna),
number of subunits, manufacturer code, and serial number. In a regular scenario, you can run the
following command to obtain the antenna type, number of subunits, manufacturer code, and serial
number:
l GBTS: STR BTSALDSCAN
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: SCN ALD

Collect the following information at the site in a regular scenario of conventional ALDs.

ALD Anten RCU Antenna Type Numbe Vendor Serial


Type na Model (Single-Antenna/ r of Code Numbe
Model Multi-Antenna) Subuni r
ts

RET - - - - - -

TMA / / / - - -

SASU / / / - - -

RAE / / / - - -

Collect the following information at the site in a daisy chain or sector splitting scenario of
conventional ALDs.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 74


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

ALD Site Sector Anten RCU Anten Numb Vendo Serial


Type Name Numb na Model na er of r Code Numb
er Model Type Subun er
(Singl its
e-
Anten
na/
Multi-
Anten
na)

RET - - - - - - - -

TMA - - / / / - - -

SASU - - / / / - - -

RAE - - / / / - - -

Collect the following information at the site in a scenario where the AAS module is used.

ALD Type Site Name Sector AAS Type AAS Antenna


Number Port
Silkscreen

AAS - - - -

NOTE

In the preceding tables, the cells with a hyphen (-) indicate that the corresponding data must be collected
and the cells with a slash (/) indicate that the corresponding data is not involved.

Scenario 1: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT


The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU through the RETPORT. In this scenario, the AAS module
functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the configuration can be performed in
the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
Table 8-1 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT.

Table 8-1 Key parameters related to the RETPORT


Paramete Parameter Setting Notes Data Source
r Name ID

Cabinet CN These parameters specify location Equipment


No. information about the control port for an plan
RET antenna, including the cabinet number,
Subrack SRN subrack number, and slot number of the Equipment
No. RRU or RFU where the control port is plan

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 75


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Paramete Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


r Name ID

Slot No. SN located and the control port number. Set Equipment
these parameters based on connections plan
between the RET antenna and the RRU or
Port No. PN RFU. Only one port on the RRU or RFU can Equipment
be used as the control port for the RET plan
antenna. In a daisy chain scenario, multiple
RCUs share one control port.

ALD PWRSWIT Set this parameter to ON when an RET Equipment


Power CH antenna is used. The default value is OFF. plan
Switch

Current THRESH Set this parameter as follows: Engineering


Alarm OLDTYPE l If the RRU is connected to the RCU design
Threshold through the RETPORT in a regular
Type scenario, set this parameter to
RET_ONLY_MULTICORE.
l In other scenarios, set this parameter to
UER_SELF_DEFINE.

Undercurre UOTHD Set these parameters only if the Engineering


nt Alarm THRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set to design
Occur UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these parameters
Threshold as required. For details, see 8.4.3
Precautions.

Undercurre UCTHD Set these parameters only if the Engineering


nt Alarm THRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set to design
Clear UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these parameters
Threshold as required. For details, see 8.4.3
Precautions.

Overcurren OOTHD Set these parameters only if the Engineering


t Alarm THRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set to design
Occur UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these parameters
Threshold as required. For details, see 8.4.3
Precautions.

Overcurren OCTHD Set these parameters only if the Engineering


t Alarm THRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set to design
Clear UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these parameters
Threshold as required. For details, see 8.4.3
Precautions.

Table 8-2 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 76


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Table 8-2 Key parameters related to the RET antenna


Parameter Paramete Setting Notes Data Source
Name r ID

Device No. DEVICEN The device number of each ALD in a base Equipment
O station must be unique. Note that the plan
DEVICENO parameter value of the RET
antenna must differ from that of the TMA.

Device DEVICEN This parameter identifies an RET antenna. Engineering


Name AME The format of the value is site_sector+port design
+device type_network type. For details, see
the device name-related parameter
descriptions. This parameter is optional. If
this parameter is specified, the device name
of each ALD must be unique.

Control CTRLCN These parameters specify location Equipment


Port information about the control port for an plan
Cabinet RET antenna, including the cabinet number,
No. subrack number, and slot number of the
RRU or RFU where the control port is
Control CTRLSRN located. Set these parameters based on the Equipment
Port control relationship between the RET plan
Subrack antenna and the RRU or RFU.
No.

Control CTRLSN Equipment


Port Slot plan
No.

RET Type RETTYPE Set this parameter as follows: Equipment


l Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET for plan
the RET antenna with a single RET
subunit.
l Set this parameter to MULTI_RET for
the RET antenna with multiple RET
subunits.
l Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET for
the AAS module with passive antennas.

Number of SUBUNIT Number of RET subunits used by a base Equipment


RET NUM station. plan
Subunits Set this parameter based on the actual
situation if the RETTYPE parameter is set to
MULTI_RET.

Polar Type POLARTY Set this parameter based on the AAS Equipment
PE specifications only when the base station plan
uses the AAS module with passive antennas
or set this parameter based on the RET
antenna specifications.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 77


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Paramete Setting Notes Data Source


Name r ID

Antenna SCENARI l When the RET antenna is connected to Equipment


Scenario O an AAS: plan
If an AAS module with passive antennas
is used, set this parameter to
DAISY_CHAIN even when you need to
use only one set of antennas for the RET
function. In this case, specify the
VENDORCODE and SERIALNO
parameters because the antennas in the
AAS module are working in daisy chain
mode.
l When the RET is connected to an RRU
or RFU:
– Set this parameter to REGULAR if
the RET antenna is directly connected
to the RRU or RFU. In this scenario,
VENDORCODE and SERIALNO
parameters do not need to be
specified.
– Set this parameter to
DAISY_CHAIN when two RET
antennas are cascaded. In this
scenario, the control port for RET
antennas must be configured on the
upper-level RRU or RFU of the daisy
chain. The VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters must be
specified.

Vendor VENDOR Set this parameter based on the manufacturer Equipment


Code CODE information, for example, KA for a Kathrein plan
RET antenna, AN for an Andrew RET
antenna, or HW for a Huawei Agisson RET
antenna or an AAS module with passive
antennas. This parameter is mandatory in
daisy chain scenarios.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 78


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Paramete Setting Notes Data Source


Name r ID

Serial No. SERIALN Set this parameter according to the antenna Equipment
O serial number. This parameter is mandatory plan
in daisy chain scenarios.
This parameter is mandatory in daisy chain
scenarios.
If an AAS module with passive antennas is
used, run the SCN ALD command to obtain
the serial number of the AAS module. Then
set this parameter according to the mapping
between the serial number and antenna based
on the hardware description specific to the
AAS module.

Table 8-3 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET subunit.

Table 8-3 Key parameters related to the RET subunit


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source
Name ID

Device No. DEVICEN Device number of the ALD configured with Equipment
O an RET unit plan

Subunit SUBUNIT This parameter specifies the RET subunit Equipment


No. NO number, which starts from 1. plan

Connect CONNCN If no AAS module with passive antennas is Equipment


Port 1 1 used, set these parameters based on plan
Cabinet connections between the RET subunits and
No. the RF ports on the RRU or RFU.

Connect CONNSR If an AAS module with passive antennas is Equipment


Port 1 N1 used, set these parameters based on the plan
Subrack connections between the AAS module and
No. RF ports on the RRU or RFU.

Connect CONNSN Equipment


Port 1 Slot 1 plan
No.

Connect CONNPN Equipment


Port 1 Port 1 plan
No.

Connect CONNCN Equipment


Port 2 2 plan
Cabinet
No.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 79


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

Connect CONNSR Equipment


Port 2 N2 plan
Subrack
No.

Connect CONNSN Equipment


Port 2 Slot 2 plan
No.

Connect CONNPN Equipment


Port 2 Port 2 plan
No.

Tilt TILT Set this parameter based on the engineering Engineering


design. design

Table 8-4 describes the parameter that must be set to configure the RET antenna downtilt.

Table 8-4 Key parameter related to the RET antenna downtilt


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source
Name ID

Tilt TILT Set this parameter based on the engineering Engineering


design. design

Table 8-5 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the RET device data.

Table 8-5 Key parameters related to the RET device data


Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

Device No. DEVICENO Device number of the ALD Engineering design


configured with an RET
unit

Subunit No. SUBUNITNO RET subunit number. Set Engineering design


this parameter when
configuring the
RETSUBUNIT MO.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 80


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Antenna Model MODELNO Antenna model. This Equipment plan


Number parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.466 or
AISG2.0.

Antenna Serial SERIALNO Equipment serial number of Equipment plan


No. an antenna. This parameter
is part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP
25.466 or AISG2.0.

Band1 BAND1 Frequency band supported Equipment plan


by an antenna and the
Beamwidth1 BEAMWIDTH1 corresponding beamwidth. Equipment plan

Gain1 GAIN1 These parameters are part Equipment plan


of device data defined by
Band2 BAND2 AISG protocols. For details, Equipment plan
see 3GPP 25.466 or
Beamwidth2 BEAMWIDTH2 AISG2.0. Equipment plan

Gain2 GAIN2 Equipment plan

Band3 BAND3 Equipment plan

Beamwidth3 BEAMWIDTH3 Equipment plan

Gain3 GAIN3 Equipment plan

Band4 BAND4 Equipment plan

Beamwidth4 BEAMWIDTH4 Equipment plan

Gain4 GAIN4 Equipment plan

Installation Date DATE Date on which an antenna is Equipment plan


to be installed. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.466 or
AISG2.0.

Installer's ID INSTALLERID ID of the person who Equipment plan


installs an antenna. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.466 or
AISG2.0.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 81


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Base Station ID BSID ID of a base station served Equipment plan


by an antenna. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.466 or
AISG2.0.

AISG Sector ID SECTORID ID of a sector served by an Equipment plan


antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP
25.466 or AISG2.0.

Antenna BEARING Azimuth of an antenna. Equipment plan


Bearing This parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.466 or
AISG2.0.

Installed TILT Mechanical tilt of an Equipment plan


Mechanical Tilt antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP
25.466 or AISG2.0.

Scenario 2: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT


The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU or RFU through the ANTENNAPORT. In this scenario, the
AAS module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the configuration can be
performed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.

For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and
Table 8-5.

Table 8-6 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the ANTENNAPORT.

Table 8-6 Key parameters related to the ANTENNAPORT

Paramete Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


r Name ID

Cabinet CN These parameters specify location Equipment plan


No. information about the control port for an

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 82


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Paramete Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


r Name ID

Subrack SRN RET antenna, including the cabinet number, Equipment plan
No. subrack number, and slot number of the
RRU or RFU where the control port is
Slot No. SN located and the control port number. Set Equipment plan

Port No. PN these parameters based on connections Equipment plan


between the RET antenna and the RRU or
RFU. Only one port on the RRU or RFU
can be used as the control port for the RET
antenna. In a daisy chain scenario, multiple
RCUs share one control port.

ALD PWRSWIT Set this parameter to ON when an ALD is Equipment plan


Power CH used. The default value is OFF.
Switch

Feeder FEEDERL This parameter specifies the length of the Equipment plan
Length ENGTH feeder connected to the RF port. Set this
parameter to the actual feeder length.

DL Time DLDELAY Set this parameter based on the device Equipment plan
Delay specifications. Generally, the value is less
than 30 ns.

UL Time ULDELAY Set this parameter based on the device Equipment plan
Delay specifications. Generally, the value is less
than 30 ns.

Current THRESH Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


Alarm OLDTYPE conditions. For details, see Table 8-23. design
Threshold
Type

Undercurre UOTHD Set these parameters only if the Engineering


nt Alarm THRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set to design
Occur UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these
Threshold parameters as required. For details, see 8.4.3
Precautions.

Undercurre UCTHD Set these parameters only if the Engineering


nt Alarm THRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set to design
Clear UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these
Threshold parameters as required. For details, see 8.4.3
Precautions.

Overcurren OOTHD Set these parameters only if the Engineering


t Alarm THRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set to design
Occur UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these
Threshold parameters as required. For details, see 8.4.3
Precautions.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 83


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Paramete Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


r Name ID

Overcurren OCTHD Set these parameters only if the Engineering


t Alarm THRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set to design
Clear UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these
Threshold parameters as required. For details, see 8.4.3
Precautions.

Scenario 3: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


a TMA)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and
Table 8-5.

For parameters that must be set to configure the ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
8-6.

Table 8-7 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the TMA.

Table 8-7 Key parameters related to the TMA

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

Device No. DEVICEN The device number of each ALD in a base Equipment plan
O station must be unique. Note that the
DEVICENO parameter value of the RET
antenna must differ from that of the TMA.

Device DEVICEN This parameter identifies an RET antenna. Engineering


Name AME The format of the value is site_sector+port design
+device type_network type. For details, see
the device name-related parameter
descriptions. This parameter is optional. If
this parameter is specified, the device name
of each ALD must be unique.

Control CTRLCN These parameters specify location Equipment plan


Port information about the control port, including
Cabinet the cabinet number, subrack number, and
No. slot number of the RRU or RFU where the
control port is located. Set these parameters
Control CTRLSRN based on connections between the TMA and Equipment plan
Port the RRU or RFU.
Subrack
No.

Control CTRLSN Equipment plan


Port Slot
No.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 84


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

Number of SUBUNIT Set this parameter based on the site Equipment plan
TMA NUM conditions. Generally, this parameter is set
Subunits to 2.

Vendor VENDOR This parameter is required in a non-regular Equipment plan


Code CODE scenario. Set this parameter to the actual
TMA manufacturer code.

Serial No. SERIALN This parameter is required in a non-regular Equipment plan


O scenario. Set this parameter to the actual
TMA serial number.

Table 8-8 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a TMA subunit.

Table 8-8 Key parameters related to the TMA subunit


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source
Name ID

Device No. DEVICEN Device number of the ALD. Set this Equipment plan
O parameter when configuring the TMA MO.

Subunit SUBUNIT Number of a TMA subunit Equipment plan


No. NO

Connect CONNCN Set these parameters based on connections Equipment plan


Port between the TMA and the RF port on the
Cabinet RRU or RFU.
No.

Connect CONNSR Equipment plan


Port N
Subrack
No.

Connect CONNSN Equipment plan


Port Slot
No.

Connect CONNPN Equipment plan


Port No.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 85


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

Mode MODE The TMA subunit supports two working Engineering


modes, normal mode and bypass mode: design
l In normal mode, the TMA subunit
functions and the TMA amplifies uplink
signals.
l In bypass mode, the TMA subunit works
as a straight-through feeder. It does not
amplify uplink signals. The default value
is NORMAL.

Gain GAIN Set this parameter based on the engineering Engineering


design. The gain value range supported by design
the TMA varies according to the
manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
TMADEVICEDATA command(for
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB) or the DSP
BTSTMADEVICEDATA command (for
GBTS) to query the value range before
setting the gain.
If the gain is fixed, this parameter is
optional, or you can set this parameter to its
actual gain value.

Table 8-9 describes the parameters that must be set to configure RX channel attenuation.

Table 8-9 Key parameters related to RX channel attenuation


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source
Name ID

RX RXNO RX channel number of the RRU or RFU. Engineering


Channel design
No.

Logical RXSW Logical switch for the RX channel of the Equipment plan
Switch of RRU or RFU. The default value is ON.
RX
Channel

Attenuation ATTEN l If no TMA is used, set this parameter to Engineering


0. design
l If a 12 dB TMA is used, set this
parameter to a value within the range
from 4 dB to 11 dB.
l If a 24 dB TMA is used, set this
parameter to a value within the range
from 11 dB to 22 dB.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 86


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Table 8-10 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the TMA device data.

Table 8-10 Key parameters related to the TMA device data


Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

Device No. DEVICENO Device number of the ALD. Engineering design


Set this parameter when
configuring the TMA MO.

Subunit No. SUBUNITNO TMA subunit number. Set Engineering design


this parameter when
configuring the
TMASUBUNIT MO.

Connect MODELNO Antenna model. This Equipment plan


Antenna Model parameter is part of the
Number device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.466 or
AISG2.0.

Serial No. SERIALNO Equipment serial number of Equipment plan


an antenna. This parameter
is part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP
25.466 or AISG2.0.

Band1 BAND1 Frequency band supported Equipment plan


by an antenna and the
Beamwidth1 BEAMWIDTH1 corresponding beamwidth. Equipment plan

Gain1 GAIN1 These parameters are part Equipment plan


of device data defined by
Band2 BAND2 AISG protocols. For details, Equipment plan
see 3GPP 25.466 or
Beamwidth2 BEAMWIDTH2 AISG2.0. Equipment plan

Gain2 GAIN2 Equipment plan

Band3 BAND3 Equipment plan

Beamwidth3 BEAMWIDTH3 Equipment plan

Gain3 GAIN3 Equipment plan

Band4 BAND4 Equipment plan

Beamwidth4 BEAMWIDTH4 Equipment plan

Gain4 GAIN4 Equipment plan

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 87


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Installation Date DATE Date on which an antenna is Equipment plan


to be installed. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.466 or
AISG2.0.

Installer's ID INSTALLERID ID of the person who Equipment plan


installs an antenna. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.466 or
AISG2.0.

Base Station ID BSID ID of a base station served Equipment plan


by an antenna. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.466 or
AISG2.0.

AISG Sector ID SECTORID ID of a sector served by an Equipment plan


antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP
25.466 or AISG2.0.

Antenna BEARING Azimuth of an antenna. Equipment plan


Bearing This parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.466 or
AISG2.0.

Installed TILT Mechanical tilt of an Equipment plan


Mechanical Tilt antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP
25.466 or AISG2.0.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 88


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Scenario 4: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a


TMA)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and
Table 8-5.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT in this scenario, see Table 8-1.
For parameters that must be set to configure a TMA, TMA subunit, RX channel attenuation,
and TMA device data in this scenario, see Table 8-7, Table 8-8, Table 8-9, and Table 8-10.

Scenario 5: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


an SASU)
In this scenario, all parameters can be set only on the NodeB side.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and
Table 8-5.
For parameters that must be set to configure the ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
8-6.
Table 8-11 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an SASU.

Table 8-11 Key parameters related to the SASU


Parameter Paramet Setting Notes Data Source
Name er ID

Device No. DEVICE The device number of each ALD in a base Equipment plan
NO station must be unique. Note that the
DEVICENO parameter value of the RET
antenna must differ from that of the SASU.

Device Name DEVICE This parameter identifies an RET antenna. Engineering


NAME The format of the value is site_sector+port design
+device type_network type. For details, see
the device name-related parameter
descriptions. This parameter is optional. If
this parameter is specified, the device name
of each ALD must be unique.

Control Port CTRLC These parameters specify location Equipment plan


Cabinet No. N information about the control port, including
the cabinet number, subrack number, and
Control Port CTRLSR slot number of the RRU or RFU where the Equipment plan
Subrack No. N control port is located. Set these parameters
Control Port CTRLS based on connections between the SASU Equipment plan
Slot No. N and the RRU or RFU.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 89


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Paramet Setting Notes Data Source


Name er ID

DC Switch DCSWI l If the SASU is directly connected to the Equipment plan


TCH RET antenna, set this parameter to OFF.
l If the SASU is connected to the RET
antenna through a TMA, set this
parameter to BS or UMTS.

Vendor Code VENDO Set this parameter based on the actual SASU Equipment plan
RCODE manufacturer code.

Serial No. SERIAL Set this parameter based on the actual SASU Equipment plan
NO serial number.

Table 8-12 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an SASU subunit.

Table 8-12 Key parameters related to the SASU subunit


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source
Name ID

Device No. DEVICEN Device number of the ALD Equipment plan


O

Subunit SUBUNIT Number of an SASU subunit Equipment plan


No. NO

Connect CONNCN Set these parameters based on connections Equipment plan


Port between the SASU subunits and the RF
Cabinet ports on the RRU or RFU.
No.

Connect CONNSR Equipment plan


Port N
Subrack
No.

Connect CONNSN Equipment plan


Port Slot
No.

Connect CONNPN Equipment plan


Port No.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 90


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

Mode MODE The SASU subunit supports two working Engineering


modes, normal mode and bypass mode: design
l In normal mode, the SASU amplifies
uplink signals.
l In bypass mode, the SASU subunit
works as a straight-through feeder. It
does not amplify uplink signals.
The default value is NORMAL.

GSM Gain BSGAIN Set this parameter based on the engineering Engineering
design. The value range of SASU gain design
varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP SASUDEVICEDATA
command to query the value range before
setting the gain.

UMTS UMTSGAI Set this parameter based on the engineering Engineering


Gain N design. The value range of SASU gain design
varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP SASUDEVICEDATA
command to query the value range before
setting the gain.

DC Load DCLOAD Set this parameter only if the DCSWITCH Engineering


parameter is set to UMTS. If the SASU is design
connected to the RET antenna through a
TMA, this parameter must be specified so
that the TMA can be acknowledged by the
BTS.

Scenario 6: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


an SASU and a TMA, only Through the NodeB)
In this scenario, all parameters can be set only on the NodeB side.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and
Table 8-5.
For parameters that must be set to configure the ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
8-6.
For parameters that must be set to configure a TMA, TMA subunit, RX channel attenuation,
and TMA device data in this scenario, see Table 8-7, Table 8-8, Table 8-9, and Table 8-10.
For parameters that must be set to configure an SASU and SASU subunit in this scenario, see
Table 8-11 and Table 8-12.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 91


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Scenario 7: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (MU)


In this scenario, the RET function on an AAS module is controlled by the MU configured in
the AAS module. For parameters that must be set to configure the RET device data on an
AAS module with passive antennas, see Table 8-5.
Table 8-13 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the RET function on an
AAS module with passive antennas.

Table 8-13 Key parameters related to the RET function on an AAS module with passive
antennas (MU)
Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source
Name ID

Device No. DEVICEN The ALD device number must be unique in Equipment plan
O a base station. Note that the DEVICENO
parameter value of the RET antenna must
differ from that of the TMA.

Device DEVICEN This parameter identifies an RET antenna. Engineering


Name AME The format of the value is site_sector+port design
+device type_network type. For details, see
the device name-related parameter
descriptions. This parameter is optional. If
this parameter is specified, the device name
of each ALD must be unique.

Control CTRLCN These parameters specify the numbers of Equipment plan


Port the cabinet, subrack, and slot, respectively,
Cabinet where an AAS module is located.
No.

Control CTRLSRN Equipment plan


Port
Subrack
No.

Control CTRLSN Equipment plan


Port Slot
No.

RET Type RETTYPE Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET. Equipment plan

Number of SUBUNIT Set this parameter only when the RETTYPE Equipment plan
RET NUM parameter is set to MULTI_RET.
Subunits Set this parameter to 1.

Polar Type POLARTY Set this parameter based on the AAS Equipment plan
PE module specifications.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 92


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

Antenna SCENARI Set this parameter to DAISY_CHAIN. The Equipment plan


Scenario O DAISY_CHAIN value is recommended
even when you need to use only one set of
antennas for the RET function. In this case,
specify the VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters because the
antennas in the AAS module are working in
daisy chain mode.

Vendor VENDOR This parameter is mandatory in daisy chain Equipment plan


Code CODE scenarios.
Set this parameter to HW.

Serial No. SERIALN Set this parameter according to the antenna Equipment plan
O serial number.
This parameter is mandatory in daisy chain
scenarios.

Table 8-14 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET subunit on an AAS
module with passive antennas.

Table 8-14 Key parameters related to the RET subunit on an AAS module with passive
antennas
Paramete Parameter Setting Notes Data Source
r Name ID

Device DEVICEN Device number of the ALD configured with Equipment plan
No. O an RET unit

Subunit SUBUNIT This parameter specifies the RET subunit Equipment plan
No. NO number, which starts from 1.

Subunit SUBNAME This parameter specifies the name of the Engineering


Name RET subunit. The name of the RET subunit design
is optional, but the name configured for each
RET subunit must be unique.

Connect CONNCN1 Set these parameters based on the Equipment plan


Port 1 connections between the AAS module and
Cabinet the RF ports on the RRU or RFU.
No.

Connect CONNSRN Equipment plan


Port 1 1
Subrack
No.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 93


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Paramete Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


r Name ID

Connect CONNSN1 Equipment plan


Port 1 Slot
No.

Connect CONNPN1 Equipment plan


Port 1 Port
No.

Connect CONNCN2 Equipment plan


Port 2
Cabinet
No.

Connect CONNSRN Equipment plan


Port 2 2
Subrack
No.

Connect CONNSN2 Equipment plan


Port 2 Slot
No.

Connect CONNPN2 Equipment plan


Port 2 Port
No.

Tilt TILT Set this parameter based on the engineering Engineering


design. design

Table 8-15 describes the parameter that must be set to configure the RET antenna downtilt on
an AAS module with passive antennas.

Table 8-15 Key parameter related to the RET antenna downtilt on an AAS module with
passive antennas
Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source
Name ID

Tilt TILT Set this parameter based on the engineering Engineering


design. design

Scenario 8: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (RU)


When the active module of the AAS module is used to control the RET function:
l For the AAU3910/AAU3911/AAU3961, the RET function on an AAS module is
controlled by the RETPORT on the active module on the AAS module. Table 8-1
describes the key parameters related to the RETPORT.
For the AAU3920/AAU3940/AAU5240/AAU5940, the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the ANTENNAPORT on the active module on the AAS module.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 94


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Table 8-6 describes the key parameters related to the ANTENNAPORT, in which the PN
parameter must be set to R0A.

Configuring the RET part on AAS modules with passive antennas:

Table 8-2 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the RET function on an AAS
module with passive antennas.

Table 8-3 describes the key parameters related to the RET subunit on an AAS module with
passive antennas.

Table 8-4 describes the key parameters related to the RET antenna downtilt on an AAS
module with passive antennas.

Table 8-5 describes the key parameters related to the RET device data on an AAS module
with passive antennas.

Configuring the RVD part on AAS modules with passive antennas:

Table 8-16 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the RVD.

Table 8-16 Key parameters related to the RVD

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

Device No. DEVICEN This parameter specifies the device number Equipment plan
O of the ALD. The device number of the ALD
must be unique.

Device DEVICEN This parameter specifies the device name of Engineering


Name AME the ALD, which identifies the ALD. The design
format of the name is sector_device
type_network type. For details, see the
device name-related parameter descriptions.
The device name is optional, but the device
name configured for each ALD must be
unique.

Control CTRLCN These parameters specify the cabinet Equipment plan


Port number, subrack number, and slot number
Cabinet of the RRU or RFU, respectively.
No.

Control CTRLSRN Equipment plan


Port
Subrack
No.

Control CTRLSN Equipment plan


Port Slot
No.

Number of SUBUNIT This parameter specifies the number of Equipment plan


RVD NUM configured RVD subunits.
Subunits

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 95


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

Antenna SCENARI This parameter specifies the connection Equipment plan


Scenario O scenario of the antenna. It must be set based
on the hardware installation. The vendor
code and serial number of the device must
be correctly configured in a non-regular
scenario. This parameter can be set to
REGULAR or DAISY_CHAIN.

Vendor VENDOR This parameter specifies the vendor code. Equipment plan
Code CODE l If SCENARIO in an RVD MO is not set
to REGULAR, VENDORCODE must
be set.
l When SCENARIO in an RVD MO is
set to REGULAR, VENDORCODE
must be set if SERIALNO is set.

Serial No. SERIALN This parameter specifies the serial number Equipment plan
O of the ALD. The vendor code and the serial
number uniquely identify an ALD.
l If SCENARIO in an RVD MO is not set
to REGULAR, SERIALNO must be
set.
l When SCENARIO in an RVD MO is
set to REGULAR, SERIALNO must be
set if VENDORCODE is set.

Table 8-17 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the RVD subunit.

Table 8-17 Key parameters related to the RVD subunit


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source
Name ID

Device No. DEVICEN This parameter specifies the device number Equipment plan
O of the RVD. The device number of the RVD
must be unique.

Subunit SUBUNIT This parameter specifies the number of the Equipment plan
No. NO RVD subunit, which starts from 1.

Subunit SUBNAM This parameter specifies the name of the Engineering


Name E RVD subunit. The name of the RVD subunit design
is optional, but the name configured for
each RVD subunit must be unique.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 96


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

Connect CONNCN These parameters specify the cabinet Equipment plan


Port 1 1 number, subrack number, slot number, and
Cabinet port number of the RRU or RFU that is
No. connected to antenna port 1, respectively.

Connect CONNSR Equipment plan


Port 1 N1
Subrack
No.

Connect CONNSN1 Equipment plan


Port 1 Slot
No.

Connect CONNPN Equipment plan


Port 1 Port 1
No.

Connect CONNCN These parameters specify the cabinet Equipment plan


Port 2 2 number, subrack number, slot number, and
Cabinet port number of the RRU or RFU that is
No. connected to antenna port 2, respectively.
They are valid when a dual-polarized
Connect CONNSR antenna is used. Equipment plan
Port 2 N2
Subrack
No.

Connect CONNSN2 Equipment plan


Port 2 Slot
No.

Connect CONNPN Equipment plan


Port 2 Port 2
No.

Vertical VBEAMW This parameter specifies the vertical Engineering


BeamWidt IDTH beamwidth of an RVD subunit. design
h

Table 8-18 describes the parameter that must be set to configure the RVD information on an
AAS module with passive antennas.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 97


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Table 8-18 Key parameter related to the RVD information


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source
Name ID

Vertical VBEAMW This parameter specifies the vertical Engineering


BeamWidt IDTH beamwidth of an RVD subunit. design
h

Table 8-19 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the RVD device data.

Table 8-19 Key parameters related to the RVD device data


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source
Name ID

Device No. DEVICEN This parameter specifies the device number Equipment plan
O of the RVD. The device number of the RVD
must be unique.

Subunit SUBUNIT This parameter specifies the number of the Equipment plan
No. NO RVD subunit, which starts from 1.

Antenna MODELN This parameter specifies the model of the Equipment plan
Model O RVD antenna module.
Number

Antenna SERIALN This parameter specifies the serial number Equipment plan
Serial No. O of the RVD antenna module.

Band1 BAND1 These parameters specify the bands Equipment plan


supported by the antenna and the
Beamwidth BEAMWI corresponding beamwidths. Equipment plan
1 DTH1
l In an RVDDEVICEDATA MO, when
Gain1 GAIN1 BAND4 is not set to UNUSED, BAND3 Equipment plan
cannot be set to UNUSED. When
Band2 BAND2 BAND3 is not set to UNUSED, BAND2 Equipment plan
cannot be set to UNUSED. When
Beamwidth BEAMWI Equipment plan
BAND2 is not set to UNUSED, BAND1
2 DTH2
cannot be set to UNUSED.
Gain2 GAIN2 l In an RVDDEVICEDATA MO, when Equipment plan
BAND4 is not set to UNUSED, BAND4
Band3 BAND3 must be greater than BAND3. When Equipment plan

Beamwidth BEAMWI BAND3 is not set to UNUSED, BAND3 Equipment plan


3 DTH3 must be greater than BAND2. When
BAND2 is not set to UNUSED, BAND2
Gain3 GAIN3 must be greater than BAND1. Equipment plan

Band4 BAND4 Equipment plan

Beamwidth BEAMWI Equipment plan


4 DTH4

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 98


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

Gain4 GAIN4 Equipment plan

Installation DATE This parameter specifies the date when the Equipment plan
Date antenna is installed.

Installer's INSTALL This parameter specifies the ID of the Equipment plan


ID ERID installation technician who installed the
antenna.

Base BSID This parameter specifies the base station ID. Equipment plan
Station ID

AISG SECTORI This parameter specifies the AISG sector Equipment plan
Sector ID D ID.

Antenna BEARING This parameter specifies the antenna Equipment plan


Bearing azimuth.

Installed TILT This parameter specifies the mechanical tilt Equipment plan
Mechanical of the installation.
Tilt

Scenario 9: Connection to the RAE Through the RETPORT


For parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT in this scenario, see Table 8-1. For
key parameters related to the RAE, see Table 8-20.

Table 8-20 Key parameters related to the RAE

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

Device No. DEVICEN The device number of each ALD in a base Equipment plan
O station must be unique. Note that the
DEVICENO parameter value of the RAE
must differ from that of the RET antenna.

Device DEVICEN This parameter identifies an RAE. The Engineering


Name AME format of the value is site_sector+port design
+device type_network type. For details, see
the device name-related parameter
descriptions. This parameter is optional. If
this parameter is specified, the device name
of each ALD must be unique.

Control CTRLCN These parameters specify location Equipment plan


Port information about the control port, including
Cabinet the cabinet number, subrack number, and
No. slot number of the RRU or RFU where the
control port is located. Set these parameters

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 99


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

Control CTRLSRN based on connections between the RAE and Equipment plan
Port the RRU or RFU.
Subrack
No.

Control CTRLSN Equipment plan


Port Slot
No.

Number of SUBUNIT Set this parameter based on the site Equipment plan
RAE NUM conditions. Generally, the value is 1.
Subunits

Antenna SCENARI This parameter specifies the scenario where Equipment plan
Scenario O an RAE is connected to the RRU or RFU.
The antenna scenario must be set based on
the hardware installation.
Set this parameter to REGULAR if the
RAE is directly connected to the RRU or
RFU. In this scenario, VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters do not need to be
specified.
Set this parameter to DAISY_CHAIN if the
two RAEs are cascaded. In this scenario, the
control port for RAEs must be configured
on the upper-level RRU or RFU of the daisy
chain. The VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters must be specified.

Vendor VENDOR Set this parameter based on the Equipment plan


Code CODE manufacturer information. This parameter is
mandatory in daisy chain scenarios.

Serial No. SERIALN Set this parameter according to the antenna Equipment plan
O serial number. This parameter is mandatory
in daisy chain scenarios.

Table 8-21 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RAE subunit.

Table 8-21 Key parameters related to the RAESUBUNIT

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

Device No. DEVICEN Device number of the ALD. Set this Equipment plan
O parameter when configuring the RAE MO.

Subunit SUBUNIT This parameter specifies the RAE subunit Equipment plan
No. NO number.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 100


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

Subunit SUBNAM This parameter specifies the name of the Engineering


Name E RAE subunit. The name of the RAE subunit design
is optional, but the name configured for
each RAE subunit must be unique.

Connect CONNCN Set these parameters based on connections Equipment plan


Port between the RAE subunits and the antenna
Cabinet ports on the RRU or RFU.
No.

Connect CONNSR Equipment plan


Port N
Subrack
No.

Connect CONNSN Equipment plan


Port Slot
No.

Table 8-22 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the RAE device data.

Table 8-22 Key parameters related to the RAEDEVICEDATA


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source
Name ID

Device No. DEVICEN Device number of the ALD. Set this Engineering
O parameter when configuring the RAE MO. design

Subunit SUBUNIT RAE subunit number. Set this parameter Engineering


No. NO when configuring the RAESUBUNIT MO. design

Antenna MODELN Antenna model. This parameter is part of Equipment plan


Model O the device data defined by AISG protocols.
Number For details, see 3GPP 25.466 or AISG2.0.

Serial No. SERIALN Equipment serial number of an antenna. Equipment plan


O This parameter is part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.466 or AISG2.0.

Band1 BAND1 Frequency band supported by an antenna Equipment plan


and the corresponding beamwidth. These
Beamwidth BEAMWI parameters are part of device data defined Equipment plan
1 DTH1 by AISG protocols. For details, see 3GPP
Gain1 GAIN1 25.466 or AISG2.0. Equipment plan

Band2 BAND2 Equipment plan

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 101


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

Beamwidth BEAMWI Equipment plan


2 DTH2

Gain2 GAIN2 Equipment plan

Band3 BAND3 Equipment plan

Beamwidth BEAMWI Equipment plan


3 DTH3

Gain3 GAIN3 Equipment plan

Band4 BAND4 Equipment plan

Beamwidth BEAMWI Equipment plan


4 DTH4

Gain4 GAIN4 Equipment plan

Installation DATE Date on which an antenna is to be installed. Equipment plan


Date This parameter is part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.466 or AISG2.0.

Installer's INSTALL ID of the person who installs an antenna. Equipment plan


ID ERID This parameter is part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.466 or AISG2.0.

Base BSID ID of a base station served by an antenna. Equipment plan


Station ID This parameter is part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.466 or AISG2.0.

AISG SECTORI ID of a sector served by an antenna. This Equipment plan


Sector ID D parameter is part of the device data defined
by AISG protocols. For details, see 3GPP
25.466 or AISG2.0.

Scenario 10: Connection to the RAE Through the RETPORT (with an RET
Antenna)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and
Table 8-5.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT in this scenario, see Table 8-1.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RAE, RAE subunit, and RAE device data in
this scenario, see Table 8-20, Table 8-21, and Table 8-22.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 102


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Scenario 11: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT


For parameters that must be set to configure the ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
8-6.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RAE, RAE subunit, and RAE device data in
this scenario, see Table 8-20, Table 8-21, and Table 8-22.

Scenario 12: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT (with an RET
Antenna)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and
Table 8-5.
For parameters that must be set to configure the ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
8-6.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RAE, RAE subunit, and RAE device data in
this scenario, see Table 8-20, Table 8-21, and Table 8-22.

Scenario 13: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)
For parameters that must be set to configure a TMA, TMA subunit, RX channel attenuation,
and TMA device data in this scenario, see Table 8-7, Table 8-8, Table 8-9, and Table 8-10.
For parameters that must be set to configure the ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
8-6.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RAE, RAE subunit, and RAE device data in
this scenario, see Table 8-20, Table 8-21, and Table 8-22.

Scenario 14: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA
and an RET Antenna)
For parameters that must be set to configure a TMA, TMA subunit, RX channel attenuation,
and TMA device data in this scenario, see Table 8-7, Table 8-8, Table 8-9, and Table 8-10.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and
Table 8-5.
For parameters that must be set to configure the ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
8-6.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RAE, RAE subunit, and RAE device data in
this scenario, see Table 8-20, Table 8-21, and Table 8-22.

8.4.3 Precautions
This section describes precautions of configuring ALD data, running a command for scanning
ALDs, setting the current alarm threshold type for ALD data.
l Pay attention to the following restrictions when configuring ALD data:
– The RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT switches on one RRU cannot be turned on
simultaneously.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 103


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

– ALD scanning, calibration, downtilt setting, software download, and configuration


file download cannot be performed simultaneously on ALDs.
– The common TMA does not support the AISG protocol. To configure a common
TMA for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command
on the NodeB or eNodeB LMT to turn on the power switch and set current alarm
thresholds. (For data preparation details, see Table 8-6.) Then, run the MOD
RXBRANCH command to configure the RX channel attenuation based on the
engineering design. (For data preparation details, see Table 8-9.)
– The AISG1.1-based twin TMAs consist of two internal TMAs and perform the
same functions as the two subunits of an AISG2.0-based TMA. The AISG1.1-based
twin TMA can be configured as two devices, each configured with one subunit. In
this case, batch loading of the TMA software may fail on one of the devices. The
AISG1.1-based twin TMAs can also be configured as one device, which is
configured with two subunits. In this case, the serial number cannot be configured
for the TMA. Otherwise, only one subunit is operational. When an RRU with four
ports is connected to multiple TMAs, the twin TMAs must be configured as two
devices and each configured with one subunit if the AISG1.1-based twin TMAs are
used.
– ALDs are automatically scanned when an RET antenna, TMA or RAE is added.
– ALDs are automatically scanned after an RRU or RFU is reset.
l Pay attention to the following restrictions when scanning ALDs:
– ALDs are scanned based on control link connections. The scanned result shows the
ALDs physically connected to the base station, which is not affected by ALD data
configuration.
– ALDs cannot be scanned if ALD control links are faulty.
– After subunits are added to an AISG1.1-based TMA, all TMA subunits start to
work only after you run the SCN ALD command.
– If the antenna is a passive antenna and multiple RF modules share the antenna, there
is a possibility that the RET can be found for only one RF module when you run the
SCN ALD command to scan RETs for these RF modules. In this scenario, you can
run this command separately to scan the RF module of which the RET antenna
cannot be found.
l Use the values shown in Table 8-23 and Table 8-24 to set the current alarm threshold
type for the control port.

Table 8-23 Reference values for current alarm thresholds (ANTENNAPORT)


Reference Description Undercur Undercur Overcurr Overcurr
Value rent rent ent ent
Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm
Occur Clear Occur Clear
Threshol Threshol Threshol Threshol
d (mA) d (mA) d (mA) d (mA)

TMA12DB_ For 12 dB 30 40 170 150


ONLY_NON TMA only
_AISG

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 104


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Reference Description Undercur Undercur Overcurr Overcurr


Value rent rent ent ent
Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm
Occur Clear Occur Clear
Threshol Threshol Threshol Threshol
d (mA) d (mA) d (mA) d (mA)

TMA24DB_ For 24 dB 40 60 310 280


ONLY_NON TMA only
_AISG

RET_ONLY_ For RET 25 33 150 120


COAXIAL antenna only
(coaxial cable)

TMA12DB_ For 12 dB 30 40 450 400


AISG TMA+RET
antenna or 12
dB TMA only
(AISG)

TMA24DB_ For 24 dB 40 60 850 750


AISG TMA+RET
antenna or 24
dB TMA only
(AISG)

UER_SELF_ User-defined For details, see the description below.


DEFINE

Table 8-24 Reference values of current alarm thresholds (RETPORT)


Reference Description Undercur Undercur Overcurr Overcurr
Value rent rent ent ent
Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm
Occur Clear Occur Clear
Threshol Threshol Threshol Threshol
d (mA) d (mA) d (mA) d (mA)

RET_ONLY For RET 10 15 150 120


_MULTICO antenna only
RE (multi-wire
cable)

UER_SELF_ User-defined For details, see the description below.


DEFINE

For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, set the THRESHOLDTYPE parameter to


UER_SELF_DEFINE in any of the following scenarios:
– For the AAU5240 and AAU5940, set the THRESHOLDTYPE parameter to
UER_SELF_DEFINE, and set the Undercurrent Alarm Occur Threshold,

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 105


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Undercurrent Alarm Clear Threshold, Overcurrent Alarm Occur Threshold, and


Overcurrent Alarm Clear Threshold to 10 mA, 15 mA, 150 mA, and 120 mA,
respectively.
– RET antennas are connected in a non-regular scenario.
– A smart TMA is used as a common TMA.
– The configured ALD model is not recommended by Huawei.
– An SASU/RAE is used.
When the THRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set to UER_SELF_DEFINE, set current
alarm thresholds based on the actual ALD type. Pay attention to the following
restrictions:
– User-defined current alarm thresholds must meet the requirements: Under Current
Occur Threshold < Under Current Clear Threshold < Over Current Clear Threshold
< Over Current Occur Threshold.
– Generally, the Under Current Occur Threshold is set to 20% to 30% of the device
rated operating current, and the Under Current Clear Threshold is set to about 20
mA greater than the Under Current Occur Threshold. The Over Current Occur
Threshold is set to 150% to 200% of the device rated operating current, and the
Over Current Clear Threshold is set to about 50 mA less than the Over Current
Occur Threshold.
– If RET antennas are connected in a non-regular scenario, the Under Current Occur
Threshold is set to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by
the RRU. The Over Current Occur Threshold is set to a value that is 150% to 200%
of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the RRU.
– If the configured ALD model is not recommended by Huawei, the Under Current
Occur Threshold is set to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs
controlled by the RRU. The Over Current Occur Threshold is set to 150% to 200%
of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the RRU.
When a base station uses an AAS module with passive antennas and the RCU integrated
in the AAS module is controlled by the RRU/RFU connecting to the AAS module, set
the THRESHOLDTYPE parameter as follows:
– If the control port is the RETPORT on the RRU/RFU, set this parameter to a value
corresponding to RET_ONLY_MULTICORE.
– If the control port is the ANTENNAPORT on the RRU/RFU, set this parameter to a
value corresponding to RET_ONLY_COAXIAL.

8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI


Configuring a Single Base Station
l eGBTS
– For the eGBTS with the UMPT serving as its main control board: configure ALDs
using the data described in data preparation. For details, see 3900 & 5900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following sequence:
3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating
Base Stations > Creating Co-MPT Base Stations > Creating a Single Co-MPT
Base Station > Configuring Device Data About the Co-MPT Base Station >
Configuring ALDs > Procedure.
– For the eGBTS with the GTMUb/GTMUc serving as its main control board:
configure ALDs using the data described in data preparation. For details, see 3900

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 106


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

& 5900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the
following sequence: 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration
(CME-based) > Creating Base Stations > Creating eGBTSs > Creating a Single
eGBTS > Configuring eGBTS Device Data > Configuring ALDs > Procedure.
l NodeB
Configure ALDs using the data described in data preparation. For details, see 3900 &
5900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following
sequence: 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) >
Creating Base Stations > Creating NodeBs > Creating a Single NodeB >
Configuring NodeB Device Data > Configuring ALDs > Procedure.
l eNodeB
Configure ALDs using the data described in data preparation. For details, see 3900 &
5900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following
sequence: 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) >
Creating Base Stations > Creating eNodeBs > Creating a Single eNodeB >
Configuring eNodeB Device Data > Configuring ALDs > Procedure.

Configuring Base Stations in Batches


Customize a template on a base station where ALDs have been configured, and save this
template. Prepare a summary data file by referencing the user-defined template. Configure
base stations in batches based on the summary data file.
l eGBTSs
– For the eGBTS with the UMPT serving as its main control board: for details, see
3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the
following sequence: 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration
(CME-based) > Creating Base Stations > Creating Co-MPT Base Stations >
Creating Co-MPT Base Stations in Batches (MOC Export) or 3900 & 5900
Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base
Stations > Creating Co-MPT Base Stations > Creating Co-MPT Base Stations
in Batches (Customization Tool).
– For the eGBTS with the GTMUb/GTMUc serving as its main control board: for
details, see 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and
navigate in the following sequence: 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base Stations > Creating eGBTSs >
Creating eGBTSs in Batches (MOC Export) or 3900 & 5900 Series Base
Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base Stations >
Creating eGBTSs > Creating eGBTSs in Batches (Customization Tool).
l NodeBs
For details, see 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and
navigate in the following sequence: 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base Stations > Creating NodeBs >
Creating NodeBs in Batches (MOC Export) or 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station
Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base Stations > Creating NodeBs >
Creating NodeBs in Batches (Customization Tool).
l eNodeBs
For details, see 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and
navigate in the following sequence: 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base Stations > Creating eNodeBs >
Creating eNodeBs in Batches.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 107


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

8.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML


Commands

Scenario 1: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT


The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU through the RETPORT.

Step 1 Run the MOD RETPORT command to set parameters related to the RETPORT, including
the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-1.

Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.

Step 3 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-2.

Step 4 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.


NOTE

Skip this procedure if the RET antenna has built-in RCUs (that has been calibrated before delivery) and
ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is not reported. Perform this procedure if the RET antenna
has built-out RCUs or ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is reported.

Step 5 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-3.

Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set the RET device data, see
Table 8-5.

----End

Scenario 2: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT


The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its ANTENNAPORT.

Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to the
ANTENNAPORT, including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-6.

Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.

Step 3 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-2.

Step 4 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.


NOTE

Skip this procedure if the RET antenna has built-in RCUs (that has been calibrated before delivery) and
ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is not reported. Perform this procedure if the RET antenna
has built-out RCUs or ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is reported.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 108


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 5 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-3.

Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set the RET device data, see
Table 8-5.

----End

Scenario 3: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


a TMA)
Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to the
ANTENNAPORT, including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-6.

Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.

Step 3 Run the ADD TMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 8-7.

Step 4 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit, see
Table 8-8.
NOTE

The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
TMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 5 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-2.

Step 6 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.


NOTE

Skip this procedure if the RET antenna has built-in RCUs (that has been calibrated before delivery) and
ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is not reported. Perform this procedure if the RET antenna
has built-out RCUs or ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is reported.

Step 7 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-3.

Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set the RET device data, see
Table 8-5.

Step 10 (Optional) Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 8-9.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 109


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to set the TMA device data, see
Table 8-10.

----End

Scenario 4: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a


TMA)
Step 1 Run the MOD RETPORT command to set parameters related to the RETPORT, including
the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-1.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.

Step 3 Run the ADD TMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 8-7.

Step 4 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit, see
Table 8-8.
NOTE

The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
TMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 5 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-2.
Step 6 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
NOTE

Skip this procedure if the RET antenna has built-in RCUs (that has been calibrated before delivery) and
ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is not reported. Perform this procedure if the RET antenna
has built-out RCUs or ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is reported.

Step 7 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-3.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set the RET device data, see
Table 8-5.
Step 10 (Optional) Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 8-9.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to set the TMA device data, see
Table 8-10.

----End

Scenario 5: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


an SASU)
Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to the
ANTENNAPORT, including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-6.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 110


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.


Step 3 Run the ADD SASU command to add an SASU and set related parameters, see Table 8-11.
Step 4 Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an SASU subunit, see
Table 8-12.
Step 5 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-2.
Step 6 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
NOTE

Skip this procedure if the RET antenna has built-in RCUs (that has been calibrated before delivery) and
ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is not reported. Perform this procedure if the RET antenna
has built-out RCUs or ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is reported.

Step 7 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-3.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set the RET device data, see
Table 8-5.

----End

Scenario 6: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


an SASU and a TMA)
Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to the
ANTENNAPORT, including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-6.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs and obtain SASU information.
Step 3 Run the ADD SASU command to add an SASU and set related parameters, see Table 8-11.
Step 4 Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an SASU subunit, see
Table 8-12.
Step 5 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs and obtain information about the TMA and RET
antenna. Skip this step if you have obtained the information about the TMA and RET antenna
in Step 2.
Step 6 Run the ADD TMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 8-7.
Step 7 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit, see
Table 8-8.
NOTE

The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
TMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 8 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-2.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 111


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 9 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.


NOTE

Skip this procedure if the RET antenna has built-in RCUs (that has been calibrated before delivery) and
ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is not reported. Perform this procedure if the RET antenna
has built-out RCUs or ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is reported.

Step 10 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-3.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 12 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set the RET device data, see
Table 8-5.
Step 13 (Optional) Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 8-9.
Step 14 (Optional) Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to set the TMA device data, see
Table 8-10.

----End

Scenario 7: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (MU)


Step 1 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.
Step 2 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-13.
Step 3 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
NOTE

Skip this procedure if the RET antenna has built-in RCUs (that has been calibrated before delivery) and
ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is not reported. Perform this procedure if the RET antenna
has built-out RCUs or ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is reported.

Step 4 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-14.
Step 5 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-15.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set the RET device data, see
Table 8-5.

----End

Scenario 8: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (RU)


Operation procedures for the RET part on the AAS modules:

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 112


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 1 For the AAU3910/AAU3911/AAU3961, run the MOD RETPORT command to configure
parameters related to the power switch and current alarm threshold of the RETPORT. For
details, see Table 8-1.

For the AAU3920/AAU3940/AAU5240/AAU5940, run the MOD ANTENNAPORT


command to configure parameters related to the power switch and current alarm threshold of
the ANTENNAPORT. For details, see Table 8-6.

Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.


NOTE

If multiple RF modules share the AAS module, running the SCN ALD command may fail to scan all the
RET function controlled by each RF module at a time. In this scenario, you can run this command
separately for the RF module for which the RET cannot be found.

Step 3 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-2.
NOTE

For example, an active unit in an AAU3911 controls all the RETs and the device serial numbers queried
by ALD scanning are AAU3911xxxxxxxxxHL, AAU3911xxxxxxxxxHR, and AAU3911xxxxxxxxxLR.
ADD RET: DEVICENO=0, CTRLCN=0, CTRLSRN=<RRUsubrack_No>, CTRLSN=0,
RETTYPE=SINGLE_RET, SCENARIO=DAISY_CHAIN, VENDORCODE="HW", SERIALNO="
AAU3911xxxxxxxxxHL";
ADD RET: DEVICENO=1, CTRLCN=0, CTRLSRN=<RRUsubrack_No>, CTRLSN=0,
RETTYPE=SINGLE_RET, SCENARIO=DAISY_CHAIN, VENDORCODE="HW", SERIALNO="
AAU3911xxxxxxxxxHR";
ADD RET: DEVICENO=2, CTRLCN=0, CTRLSRN=<RRUsubrack_No>, CTRLSN=0,
RETTYPE=SINGLE_RET, SCENARIO=DAISY_CHAIN, VENDORCODE="HW", SERIALNO="
AAU3911xxxxxxxxxLR";
l DEVICENO is configured according to the data plan and is unique.
l CTRLCN, CTRLSRN, and CTRLSN are the cabinet number, subrack number, and slot number of
the control unit. They must be configured based on site condition.
l RETTYPE must be set to SINGLE_RET.
l SCENARIO must be set to DAISY_CHAIN.
l VENDORCODE must be set to HW.

Step 4 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.


NOTE

Skip this procedure if the RET antenna has built-in RCUs (that has been calibrated before delivery) and
ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is not reported. Perform this procedure if the RET antenna
has built-out RCUs or ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is reported.

Step 5 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-3.

Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.
l For an AAU5940 with the vertical beamwidth of 68°, the electrical downtilt angle is fixed to 0°. For
an AAU5940 with the vertical beamwidth of 12°, the electrical downtilt angle can be adjusted within
a range of –3° to +12°.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 113


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set the RET device data, see
Table 8-5.

----End

Some AAS modules support Huawei proprietary functions. For example, the AAU5940
provides the vertical beamwidth adjustment feature using the RVD. The following are specific
procedures:

Step 1 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.


NOTE

This step is the same as scanning RETs by running the SCN ALD command. If the information of the
RVD is ready, skip this step.

Step 2 Run the ADD RVD command to add an RVD and set related parameters. For details, see
Table 8-16.
NOTE

For example, an active unit in an AAU5940 controls all the RETs and the device serial number queried
by ALD scanning is HWVxxxxxxxxx.
ADD RVD: DEVICENO=0, DEVICENAME="XXX", CTRLCN=0,
CTRLSRN=<RRUsubrack_No>, CTRLSN=0, SUBUNITNUM=1,
SCENARIO=DAISY_CHAIN, SERIALNO=" HWVxxxxxxxxx";
l DEVICENO is configured according to the data plan and is unique.
l CTRLCN, CTRLSRN, and CTRLSN are the cabinet number, subrack number, and slot number of
the control unit. They must be configured based on site condition.
l SCENARIO must be set to DAISY_CHAIN.
l DEVICENAME must be set according to the configuration planning.

Step 3 Run the CLB ALD command to calibrate an RVD.

Step 4 Run the MOD RVDSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RVD subunit. For
details, see Table 8-17.

Step 5 (Optional) Run the MOD RVDINFO command to configure the vertical beamwidth for the
RVD. For details, see Table 8-18.
NOTE

The RVDs of different models may support different adjustable ranges of vertical beamwidth. Run the
DSP RVDSUBUNIT command to query the supported adjustable ranges of vertical beamwidth before
setting.

Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RVDDEVICEDATA command to set the RVD device data. For
details, see Table 8-19.

----End

Scenario 9: Connection to the RAE Through the RETPORT


Step 1 Run the MOD RETPORT command to set parameters related to the RETPORT, including
the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-1.

Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.

Step 3 Run the ADD RAE command to add an RAE and set related parameters. For details, see
Table 8-20.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 114


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 4 Run the MOD RAESUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RAE subunit. For
details, see Table 8-21.
Step 5 (Optional) Run the MOD RAEDEVICEDATA command to set the RAE device data. For
details, see Table 8-22.

----End

Scenario 10: Connection to the RAE Through the RETPORT (with an RET
Antenna)
Step 1 Run the MOD RETPORT command to set parameters related to the RETPORT, including
the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-1.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD RAE command to add an RAE and set related parameters. For details, see
Table 8-20.
Step 4 Run the MOD RAESUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RAE subunit. For
details, see Table 8-21.
Step 5 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-2.
Step 6 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
NOTE

Skip this procedure if the RET antenna has built-in RCUs (that has been calibrated before delivery) and
ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is not reported. Perform this procedure if the RET antenna
has built-out RCUs or ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is reported.

Step 7 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-3.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set the RET device data, see
Table 8-5.
Step 10 (Optional) Run the MOD RAEDEVICEDATA command to set the RAE device data. For
details, see Table 8-22.

----End

Scenario 11: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT


Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to the
ANTENNAPORT, including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-6.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD RAE command to add an RAE and set related parameters. For details, see
Table 8-20.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 115


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 4 Run the MOD RAESUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RAE subunit. For
details, see Table 8-21.
Step 5 (Optional) Run the MOD RAEDEVICEDATA command to set the RAE device data. For
details, see Table 8-22.

----End

Scenario 12: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT (with an RET
Antenna)
Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to the
ANTENNAPORT, including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-6.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.

Step 3 Run the ADD RAE command to add an RAE and set related parameters. For details, see
Table 8-20.
Step 4 Run the MOD RAESUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RAE subunit. For
details, see Table 8-21.
Step 5 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-2.
Step 6 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
NOTE

Skip this procedure if the RET antenna has built-in RCUs (that has been calibrated before delivery) and
ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is not reported. Perform this procedure if the RET antenna
has built-out RCUs or ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is reported.

Step 7 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-3.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set the RET device data, see
Table 8-5.
Step 10 (Optional) Run the MOD RAEDEVICEDATA command to set the RAE device data. For
details, see Table 8-22.

----End

Scenario 13: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)
Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to the
ANTENNAPORT, including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-6.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.

Step 3 Run the ADD TMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 8-7.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 116


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 4 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit, see
Table 8-8.
NOTE

The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
TMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 5 Run the ADD RAE command to add an RAE and set related parameters. For details, see
Table 8-20.
Step 6 Run the MOD RAESUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RAE subunit. For
details, see Table 8-21.
Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 8-9.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to set the TMA device data, see
Table 8-10.
Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD RAEDEVICEDATA command to set the RAE device data. For
details, see Table 8-22.

----End

Scenario 14: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT (with an RET
Antenna and a TMA)
Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to the
ANTENNAPORT, including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-6.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.

Step 3 Run the ADD TMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 8-7.

Step 4 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit, see
Table 8-8.
NOTE

The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
TMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 5 Run the ADD RAE command to add an RAE and set related parameters. For details, see
Table 8-20.
Step 6 Run the MOD RAESUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RAE subunit. For
details, see Table 8-21.
Step 7 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-2.
Step 8 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
NOTE

Skip this procedure if the RET antenna has built-in RCUs (that has been calibrated before delivery) and
ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is not reported. Perform this procedure if the RET antenna
has built-out RCUs or ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is reported.

Step 9 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-3.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 117


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 10 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set the RET device data, see
Table 8-5.

Step 12 (Optional) Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 8-9.

Step 13 (Optional) Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to set the TMA device data, see
Table 8-10.

Step 14 (Optional) Run the MOD RAEDEVICEDATA command to set the RAE device data. For
details, see Table 8-22.

----End

8.4.6 Commissioning
Step 1 Run the DSP ALDVER command to query the version of an ALD. If the ALD needs to be
upgraded, download the required software as follows:
l If the ALD is an RET, see "RCU software download" in section 4.1.2 Operations on
RET Antennas.
l If the ALD is a TMA, see "TMA software download" in section 4.2.2 Operations on the
TMA.
l If the ALD is an SASU, see "SASU software download" in section 4.3.2 Operations on
the SASU.
l If the ALD is an RAE, see "RAE software download" in section 4.4.2 Operations on
the RAE.
l If the ALD is an AAS, see "RCU software download" in section 4.5.2 Operations on
AAS Modules.

Step 2 If the RET or AAS has no configuration file, load its configuration file as follows:
l If an RET is used, see "Configuration file loading" in section 4.1.2 Operations on RET
Antennas.
l If an AAS is used, see "Configuration file loading" in section 4.5.2 Operations on AAS
Modules.

----End

8.4.7 Activation Observation

RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs
The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by either of the following:

l The RRU or RFU that is connected to this AAS module

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 118


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

l The active module on the AAS module

Step 1 Run the DSP RETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each
RET subunit. If an RET subunit works properly, Online Status is AVAILABLE in the
command output.

Step 2 Run the DSP RET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna.
NOTE

If only one antenna port on the RF module supports RET, the RF module does not support reporting the
Control Port No. parameter. The value of this parameter is displayed as NULL.

Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMA command to query TMA dynamic information.

Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMASUBUNIT command to query dynamic information
about TMA subunits.

Step 5 If an SASU is used, run the DSP SASU command to query the SASU dynamic information.
This step applies to NodeBs only.

Step 6 If an SASU is used, run the DSP SASU command to query the dynamic information about
SASU subunits. This step applies to NodeBs only.

Step 7 If an RAE is used, run the DSP RAE command to query the RAE dynamic information.

----End

Step 1 If an RAE is used, run the DSP RAESUBUNIT command to query the dynamic information
about RAE subunits.

----End

AAS Modules with Passive Antennas


In this scenario, the RET function on an AAS module is controlled by the MU configured in
the AAS module.

Step 1 Run the DSP RETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each
RET subunit. When an RET subunit is working properly, Online Status is AVAILABLE in
the command output.

Step 2 Run the DSP RET command to query dynamic information about the AAS module.
NOTE

The MU does not support reporting the Control Port No. parameter. The value of this parameter is
displayed as NULL

----End

8.4.8 Deactivation

RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs
The following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by either of the following:

l The RRU or RFU that is connected to this AAS module

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 119


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

l The active module on the AAS module


If an ALD is no longer used, run the following commands to remove the ALD data:
l RMV RET: to remove an RET antenna. The subunits and device data are removed at the
same time.
l RMV TMA: to remove a TMA. The subunits and device data are removed at the same
time.
l RMV SASU: to remove an SASU. The subunits and device data are removed at the
same time. This command applies only to NodeBs.
l RMV RAE: to remove an RAE. The subunits and device data are removed at the same
time.
Then power off the ALD and set the corresponding attenuation factor to the default value.

AAS Modules with Passive Antennas


If an AAS module with passive antennas is no longer used, run the RMV RET command to
remove the data records of the RET MO, including the settings of all RET subunits under the
MO and device properties.

8.4.9 Reconfiguration
RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs
The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by either of the following:
l The RRU or RFU that is connected to this AAS module
l The active module on the AAS module
When ALD data needs to be reconfigured, collect information about the parameters to be
modified based on connections between the RRU/RFU and the RET antenna. For details, see
section 8.4.2 Data Preparation.
l Run the MOD RETPORT command to modify parameters related to an RETPORT.
l Run the MOD RET command to modify parameters related to an RET.
l Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to modify the RET subunit parameter settings.
l Run the MOD RETTILT command to adjust an RET antenna downtilt.
l Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to modify parameters related to the RET
device data.
l Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to modify parameters related to an antenna
port.
l Run the MOD TMA command to modify parameters related to a TMA.
l Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to a TMA
subunit.
l Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to adjust RX channel attenuation.
l Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to modify parameters related to the
TMA device data.
l Run the MOD SASU command to modify parameters related to an SASU. This step
applies to UMTS only.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 120


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

l Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to an SASU


subunit. This step applies to UMTS only.
l Run the MOD RAE command to modify parameters related to an RAE.
l Run the MOD RAESUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to an RAE
subunit.
l Run the MOD RAEDEVICEDATA command to adjust the RAE device data.
NOTE

Before changing the power port on the RRU or RFU from an RETPORT to an ANTENNAPORT or
from an ANTENNAPORT to an RETPORT, set the PWRSWITCH parameter that has been set to ON to
OFF for the reconfiguration. This is necessary because the ANTENNAPORT and RETPORT switches
on one RRU cannot be turned on simultaneously.

AAS Modules with Passive Antennas


l Run the MOD RET command to modify parameters related to an RET.
l Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to modify the RET subunit parameter settings.
l Run the MOD RETTILT command to adjust an RET antenna downtilt.
l Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to modify parameters related to the RET
device data.

8.5 Performance Monitoring


N/A

8.6 Parameter Optimization


N/A

8.7 Possible Issues


Table 8-25 lists the alarms related to ALDs. If an alarm is reported, clear the alarm with
recommended actions in the alarm reference for the base station.

Table 8-25 Alarms related to ALDs


Alarm ID Alarm Name

26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated

26752 ALD Hardware Fault

26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range

26531 RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch

26751 RET Antenna Motor Fault

26754 RET Antenna Data Loss

26755 TMA Bypass

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 121


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 8 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Alarm ID Alarm Name

26758 TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26757 RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26541 ALD Maintenance Link Failure

26272 Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict

26756 SASU VSWR Threshold Crossed

26759 SASU Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26760 SASU Bypass

26274 Inter-System Board Object Configuration Conflict

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 122


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD


Deployment on GBTS Side)

9.1 When to Use


For details, see section 7.1 When to Use.

9.2 Required Information


N/A

9.3 Planning
N/A

9.4 Deployment

9.4.1 Requirements
N/A

9.4.2 Data Preparation

Introduction
This section includes only key parameters, not parameters in all scenarios.

ALD data configuration varies according to scenarios. Different scenarios vary when control
signals are sent to an RET antenna through different RRU or RFU ports and when a TMA is
used.

The scenarios are as follows:

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 123


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

l Scenario 1: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT


l Scenario 2: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT
l Scenario 3: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)
l Scenario 4: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with a TMA)
l Scenario 5: connection to the RET antenna through the GATM

Generic Data
For details, see Generic Data in 8.4.2 Data Preparation.

Scenario 1: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT


The following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module with passive antennas is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its RETPORT. In this
scenario, the AAS module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the
configuration can be performed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
Table 9-1 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT.

Table 9-1 Key parameters related to the RETPORT


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source
Name ID

RET ALD PwrSwitch Set this parameter to ON when an RET Equipment plan
Power RET antenna is used. The default value is OFF.
Switch

RET ALD THRESH Set this parameter based on the site Engineering
Current OLDTYPE conditions. design
Alarm RET
Threshold
Type

RET ALD UnderCur Set this parameter only if the Engineering


Under AlmThdR THRESHOLDTYPERET parameter is set design
Current ET to UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set this
Occur parameter as required. For details, see
Threshold( section 9.4.3 Precautions.
mA)

RET ALD UnderCur Set this parameter only if the Engineering


Under ClrThdRE THRESHOLDTYPERET parameter is set design
Current T to UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set this
Clear parameter as required. For details, see
Threshold( section 9.4.3 Precautions.
mA)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 124


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

RET ALD OverCurAl Set this parameter only if the Engineering


Over mThdRET THRESHOLDTYPERET parameter is set design
Current to UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set this
Occur parameter as required. For details, see
Threshold( section 9.4.3 Precautions.
mA)

RET ALD OverCurCl Set this parameter only if the Engineering


Over rThdRET THRESHOLDTYPERET parameter is set design
Current to UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set this
Clear parameter as required. For details, see
Threshold( section 9.4.3 Precautions.
mA)

Table 9-2 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna.

Table 9-2 Key parameters related to the RET antenna


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source
Name ID

Device No. DEVICEN The device number of each ALD in a base Equipment plan
O station must be unique. Note that the
DEVICENO parameter value of the RET
antenna must differ from that of the TMA.

Device DEVICEN This parameter identifies an RET antenna. Engineering


Name AME The format of the value is site_sector+port design
+device type_network type. For details, see
the device name-related parameter
descriptions. This parameter is optional. If
this parameter is specified, the device name
of each ALD must be unique.

Control CTRLPOR These parameters specify location Equipment plan


Port TCN information about the control port for an
Cabinet RET antenna, including the cabinet number,
No. subrack number, and slot number of the
RRU or RFU where the control port is
Control CTRLPOR located. Set these parameters based on the Equipment plan
Port TSRN control relationship between the RET
Subrack antenna and the RRU or RFU.
No.

Control CTRLPOR Equipment plan


Port Slot TSN
No.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 125


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

Control CTRLPOR Control port number. The value ranges from Equipment plan
Port No. TNO 0 to 2. Control ports 0, 1, and 2 correspond
to the ports ANT_A, ANT_B, and
RETPORT, respectively. Only one port on
the RRU or RFU can be used as the control
port for the RET antenna. In a daisy chain
scenario, multiple RCUs share one control
port.

RET Type RETTYPE Set this parameter as follows: Equipment plan


l Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET for
the RET antenna with a single RET
subunit or for the AAS module with
passive antennas.
l Set this parameter to MULTI_RET for
the RET antenna with multiple RET
subunits.

Number of SUBUNIT Number of RET subunits used by a base Equipment plan


RET NUM station.
Subunits Set this parameter as follows:
l Set this parameter if the RETTYPE
parameter is set to MULTI_RET.
l Set this parameter to 1 if the base station
uses the AAS module with passive
antennas.

Polar Type POLARTY Set this parameter based on the AAS Equipment plan
PE specifications only when the base station
uses the AAS module with passive antennas
or set this parameter based on the RET
antenna specifications.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 126


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

Antenna SCENARI This parameter specifies how the RET Equipment plan
Scenario O antenna is connected to an RRU or RFU.
l Set this parameter to REGULAR if the
RET antenna is directly connected to the
RRU or RFU. In this scenario,
VENDORCODE and SERIALNO
parameters do not need to be specified.
l Set this parameter to DAISY_CHAIN in
the following two scenarios:
Two RET antennas are cascaded. In this
scenario, the control port for RET
antennas must be configured on the
upper-level RRU or RFU of the daisy
chain. The VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters must be
specified. An AAS module with passive
antennas is used. The DAISY_CHAIN
value is recommended for this parameter
even when you need to use only one set
of antennas for the RET function. In this
case, specify the VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters because the
antennas in the AAS module are
working in daisy chain mode.

Vendor VENDOR Set this parameter based on the Equipment plan


Code CODE manufacturer information, for example, KA
for a Kathrein RET antenna, AN for an
Andrew RET antenna, or HW for a Huawei
Agisson RET antenna or an AAS module
with passive antennas.
This parameter is mandatory in daisy chain
scenarios.

Serial No. SERIALN Set this parameter according to the antenna Equipment plan
O serial number.
This parameter is mandatory in daisy chain
scenarios.
If an AAS module with passive antennas is
used, run the STR BTSALDSCAN
command to obtain the serial number of the
AAS module. Then set this parameter
according to the mapping between the serial
number and antenna based on the hardware
description specific to the AAS module.

For details about how to configure key parameters related to the RET subunit, see Table 8-3.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 127


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

For details about how to configure key parameters related to the RET antenna downtilt, see
Table 8-4.
For details about how to configure key parameters related to the RET device data, see Table
8-5.

Scenario 2: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT


The following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module with passive antennas is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its
ANTENNAPORT. In this scenario, the AAS module functions as the conventional RET
antennas. Therefore, the configuration can be performed in the same way as that for
conventional RET antennas.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 9-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and
Table 8-5.
Table 9-3 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT. This
table assumes that ANT_A is a control port. When any other ANTENNAPORT is the control
port, the key parameters can be similarly configured.

Table 9-3 Key parameters related to the ANTENNAPORT


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source
Name ID

ANT_A PwrSwitch Set this parameter to ON when an ALD is Equipment plan


ALD A used. The default value is OFF.
Power If this parameter is set to ON, current alarm
Switch thresholds for this port must be specified.

ANT_A ChkModA Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


ALD conditions. For details, see Table 9-9. design
Current
Alarm
Threshold
Type

ANT_A OverCurAl Set this parameter only if the ChkModA Engineering


ALD Over mThdA parameter is set to UER_SELF_DEFINE. design
Current Set this parameter as required. For details,
Occur see section 9.4.3 Precautions.
Threshold(
mA)

ANT_A OverCurCl Set this parameter only if the ChkModA Engineering


ALD Over rThdA parameter is set to UER_SELF_DEFINE. design
Current Set this parameter as required. For details,
Clear see section 9.4.3 Precautions.
Threshold(
mA)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 128


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

ANT_A UnderCur Set this parameter only if the ChkModA Engineering


ALD AlmThdA parameter is set to UER_SELF_DEFINE. design
Under Set this parameter as required. For details,
Current see section 9.4.3 Precautions.
Occur
Threshold(
mA)

ANT_A UnderCur Set this parameter only if the ChkModA Engineering


ALD ClrThdA parameter is set to UER_SELF_DEFINE. design
Under Set this parameter as required. For details,
Current see section 9.4.3 Precautions.
Clear
Threshold(
mA)

Scenario 3: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


a TMA)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 9-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and
Table 8-5.
For parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
9-3.
Table 9-4 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a TMA.

Table 9-4 Key parameters related to the TMA


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source
Name ID

Device No. DEVICEN The device number of each ALD in a base Equipment plan
O station must be unique. Note that the
DEVICENO parameter value of the RET
antenna must differ from that of the TMA.

Device DEVICEN This parameter identifies an RET antenna. Engineering


Name AME The format of the value is site_sector+port design
+device type_network type. For details, see
the device name-related parameter
descriptions. This parameter is optional. If
this parameter is specified, the device name
of each ALD must be unique.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 129


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

TMA PWRSUP Power supply type of a TMA. Set this Equipment plan
Power PLYTYPE parameter based on the specifications
Supply provided by the TMA manufacturer.
Type

Control CTRLPOR These parameters specify location Equipment plan


Port TCN information about the control port,
Cabinet including the cabinet number, subrack
No. number, and slot number of the RRU or
RFU where the control port is located. Set
Control CTRLPOR these parameters based on control Equipment plan
Port TSRN relationship between the TMA and the RRU
Subrack or RFU.
No.

Control CTRLPOR Equipment plan


Port Slot TSN
No.

Number of SUBUNIT Set this parameter based on the site Equipment plan
TMA NUM conditions. Generally, the value is 2.
Subunits

Vendor VENDOR Set this parameter to the actual TMA Equipment plan
code CODE manufacturer code.

Serial No. SERIALN Set this parameter to the actual TMA serial Equipment plan
O number.

For details about how to configure key parameters related to the TMA subunit, see Table 8-8.
Table 9-5 describes the parameters that must be set to configure RX channel attenuation.

Table 9-5 Key parameters related to RX channel attenuation


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source
Name ID

Antenna HAVETT1 This parameter specifies whether a TMA is Equipment plan


Tributary 1 connected to RF port ANT_A. If a TMA is
Flag connected, set this parameter to YES.

Antenna ATTENFA Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


Tributary 1 CTOR1 conditions after the TMA is installed. This design
Factor parameter can be set only if the RXUTYPE
parameter is set to DRRU or DRFU.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 130


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

Antenna MRRUAT Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


Tributary 1 TENFACT conditions after the TMA is installed. This design
Factor OR1 parameter can be set only if the RXUTYPE
parameter is not set to DRRU or DRFU.

Antenna HAVETT2 This parameter specifies whether a TMA is Equipment plan


Tributary 2 connected to RF port ANT_B. If a TMA is
Flag connected, set this parameter to YES.

Antenna ATTENFA Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


Tributary 2 CTOR2 conditions after the TMA is installed. This design
Factor parameter can be set only if the RXUTYPE
parameter is set to DRRU or DRFU.

Antenna MRRUAT Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


Tributary 2 TENFACT conditions after the TMA is installed. This design
Factor OR2 parameter can be set only if the RXUTYPE
parameter is not set to DRRU or DRFU.

Antenna HAVETT3 This parameter specifies whether a TMA is Equipment plan


Tributary 3 connected to RF port ANT_C. If a TMA is
Flag connected, set this parameter to YES.

Antenna MRRUAT Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


Tributary 3 TENFACT conditions after the TMA is installed. This design
Factor OR3 parameter can be set only if the RXUTYPE
parameter is set to MRRU or GRRU.

Antenna HAVETT4 This parameter specifies whether a TMA is Equipment plan


Tributary 4 connected to RF port ANT_D. If a TMA is
Flag connected, set this parameter to YES.

Antenna MRRUAT Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


Tributary 4 TENFACT conditions after the TMA is installed. This design
Factor OR4 parameter can be set only if the RXUTYPE
parameter is set to MRRU or GRRU.

Table 9-6 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the TMA device data.

Table 9-6 Key parameters related to the TMA device data


Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

Device No. DEVICENO Device number of a TMA. Engineering design


Set this parameter when
configuring the TMA MO.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 131


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Subunit No. SUBUNITNO RET subunit number. Set Engineering design


this parameter when
configuring the
TMASUBUNIT MO.

Antenna BEARING Azimuth of an antenna. This Equipment plan


Bearing parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.466 or AISG v2.0.

Antenna Model MODELNO Antenna model. This Equipment plan


Number parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.466 or AISG v2.0.

Base Station ID BSID ID of a base station served Equipment plan


by an antenna. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.466 or AISG v2.0.

Band1 BAND1 Frequency band supported Equipment plan


by an antenna and the
BeamWidth1 BEAMWIDTH1 corresponding beamwidth. Equipment plan

Gain1 GAIN1 These parameters are part of Equipment plan


device data defined by AISG
Band2 BAND2 protocols. For details, see Equipment plan
3GPP 25.466 or AISG v2.0.
BeamWidth2 BEAMWIDTH2 Equipment plan

Gain2 GAIN2 Equipment plan

Band3 BAND3 Equipment plan

BeamWidth3 BEAMWIDTH3 Equipment plan

Gain3 GAIN3 Equipment plan

Band4 BAND4 Equipment plan

BeamWidth4 BEAMWIDTH4 Equipment plan

Gain4 GAIN4 Equipment plan

Installed Date DATE Date on which an antenna is Equipment plan


to be installed. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.466 or AISG v2.0.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 132


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Installed TILT Mechanical tilt of an Equipment plan


Mechanical Tilt antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.466
or AISG v2.0.

Installer ID INSTALLERID ID of the person who installs Equipment plan


an antenna. This parameter
is part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.466
or AISG v2.0.

AISG Sector ID SECTORID ID of a sector served by an Equipment plan


antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.466
or AISG v2.0.

Serial No. SERIALNO Equipment serial number of Equipment plan


an antenna. This parameter
is part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.466
or AISG v2.0.

Gain Resolution GAINRESOLU These parameters are usually Equipment plan


TION set when a TMA is
delivered. If these
Subunit Type SUBUNITTYP parameters have not been set Equipment plan
E upon a TMA delivery, you
Received Max RXMAXFQ can set them according to Equipment plan
Frequency manuals delivered with the
TMA. These parameters are
Received Min RXMINFQ part of the device data Equipment plan
Frequency defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.466
Transmit Max TXMAXFQ or AISG v2.0. Equipment plan
Frequency

Transmit Min TXMINFQ Equipment plan


Frequency

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 133


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Scenario 4: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a


TMA)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT, RET antenna, RET subunit, RET
antenna downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 9-1, Table 9-2, Table 8-3,
Table 8-4, and Table 8-5.

For parameters that must be set to configure a TMA, TMA subunit, RX channel attenuation,
and TMA device data in this scenario, see Table 9-4, Table 8-8, Table 9-5, and Table 9-6.

Scenario 5: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the GATM


Table 9-7 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a GATM.

Table 9-7 Key parameters related to the GATM

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

ANT0 AMPC0 Set this parameter to ON when ANT0 is Equipment


ALD connected to the RET antenna. (The default plan
Power value is OFF.)
Switch

ANT0 MODE0 Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


Alarm conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is design
Mode recommended.

ANT0 MAJORA Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


ALD Over LMUP0 conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Critical Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ANT0 MINORA Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


ALD Over LMUP0 conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Warning Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ANT0 ALMD0 Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


ALD Low conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Current Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ANT1 AMPC1 Set this parameter to ON when ANT1 is Equipment


ALD connected to the RET antenna. (The default plan
Power value is OFF.)
Switch

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 134


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

ANT1 MODE1 Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


Alarm conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is design
Mode recommended.

ANT1 MAJORA Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


ALD Over LMUP1 conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Critical Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ANT1 MINORA Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


ALD Over LMUP1 conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Warning Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ANT1 ALMD1 Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


ALD Low conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Current Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ANT2 AMPC2 Set this parameter to ON when ANT2 is Equipment


ALD connected to the RET antenna. (The default plan
Power value is OFF.)
Switch

ANT2 MODE2 Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


Alarm conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is design
Mode recommended.

ANT2 MAJORA Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


ALD Over LMUP2 conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Critical Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ANT2 MINORA Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


ALD Over LMUP2 conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Warning Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 135


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

ANT2 ALMD2 Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


ALD Low conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Current Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ANT3 AMPC3 Set this parameter to ON when ANT3 is Equipment


ALD connected to the RET antenna. (The default plan
Power value is OFF.)
Switch

ANT3 MODE3 Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


Alarm conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is design
Mode recommended.

ANT3 MAJORA Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


ALD Over LMUP3 conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Critical Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ANT3 MINORA Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


ALD Over LMUP3 conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Warning Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ANT3 ALMD3 Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


ALD Low conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Current Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ANT4 AMPC4 Set this parameter to ON when ANT4 is Equipment


ALD connected to the RET antenna. (The default plan
Power value is OFF.)
Switch

ANT4 MODE4 Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


Alarm conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is design
Mode recommended.

ANT4 MAJORA Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


ALD Over LMUP4 conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Critical Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 136


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

ANT4 MINORA Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


ALD Over LMUP4 conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Warning Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ANT4 ALMD4 Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


ALD Low conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Current Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ANT5 AMPC5 Set this parameter to ON when ANT5 is Equipment


ALD connected to the RET antenna. (The default plan
Power value is OFF.)
Switch

ANT5 MODE5 Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


Alarm conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is design
Mode recommended.

ANT5 MAJORA Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


ALD Over LMUP5 conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Critical Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ANT5 MINORA Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


ALD Over LMUP5 conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Warning Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ANT5 ALMD5 Set this parameter based on the site Engineering


ALD Low conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Current Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

Manager MCN Cabinet number of the managing board. The Engineering


Cabinet managing board is the GTMU or CCU design
No. board that directly communicates with the
GATM.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 137


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source


Name ID

Manager MSRN Subrack number of the managing board. The Engineering


Subrack managing board is the GTMU or CCU design
No. board that directly communicates with the
GATM.

Manager MPN Number of the monitoring port on the Engineering


Port No. managing board that connects to the GATM design

Table 9-8 describes the parameters that must be set to enable the RET function.

Table 9-8 Key parameters related to the RET function


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source
Name ID

Device No. DEVICEN The device number of each ALD in a base Equipment plan
O station must be unique.

For details about key parameters related to the RET antenna, RET antenna downtilt, and RET
device data, see Table 9-2, Table 8-4, and Table 8-5.

9.4.3 Precautions
Section 8.4.3 Precautions describes the common precautions for GBTS and eGBTS/NodeB/
eNodeB.
The common TMA does not support the AISG protocol. To configure a common TMA, you
only need to run the SET BTSRXUBP command to turn on the power switch, set current
alarm thresholds, and configure the RX channel attenuation based on the network plan. For
data preparation details for turning on the power switch and setting the current alarm
thresholds, see Table 9-4. For data preparation details for configuring the RX channel
attenuation, see Table 9-5.
After subunits are added to an AISG1.1-based TMA, all TMA subunits start to work only
after you run the STR BTSALDSCAN command.
Use the values shown in Table 8-23 and Table 8-24 to set the current alarm threshold type for
the control port.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 138


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Table 9-9 Reference values for current alarm thresholds (ANTENNAPORT)


Reference Description Undercur Undercurr Overcurre Overcurre
Value rent ent Alarm nt Alarm nt Alarm
Alarm Clear Occur Clear
Occur Threshold Threshold Threshold
Threshol (mA) (mA) (mA)
d (mA)

TMA12DB_O For 12 dB TMA 30 40 170 150


NLY_NON_A only
ISG

TMA24DB_O For 24 dB TMA 40 60 310 280


NLY_NON_A only
ISG

RET_ONLY_ For RET 25 33 150 120


COAXIAL antenna only
(coaxial cable)

TMA12DB_A For 12 dB TMA 30 40 450 400


ISG +RET antenna
or 12 dB TMA
only (AISG)

TMA24DB_A For 24 dB TMA 40 60 850 750


ISG +RET antenna
or 24 dB TMA
only (AISG)

UER_SELF_ User-defined For details, see the description below.


DEFINE1

UER_SELF_ User-defined For details, see the description below.


DEFINE2

UER_SELF_ User-defined For details, see the description below.


DEFINE3

Table 9-10 Reference values of current alarm thresholds (RETPORT)


Reference Description Undercur Undercur Overcurre Overcurre
Value rent rent nt Alarm nt Alarm
Alarm Alarm Occur Clear
Occur Clear Threshold Threshold
Threshol Threshol (mA) (mA)
d (mA) d (mA)

RET_ONLY_ For RET 10 15 150 120


MULTICORE antenna only
(multi-wire
cable)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 139


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Reference Description Undercur Undercur Overcurre Overcurre


Value rent rent nt Alarm nt Alarm
Alarm Alarm Occur Clear
Occur Clear Threshold Threshold
Threshol Threshol (mA) (mA)
d (mA) d (mA)

UER_SELF_ User-defined For details, see the description below.


DEFINE1

UER_SELF_ User-defined For details, see the description below.


DEFINE2

UER_SELF_ User-defined For details, see the description below.


DEFINE3

When the current alarm threshold type is user-defined, set current alarm thresholds based on
the actual ALD type. Pay attention to the following restrictions:
l User-defined current alarm thresholds must meet the requirements: Under Current Occur
Threshold < Under Current Clear Threshold < Over Current Clear Threshold < Over
Current Occur Threshold.
l Generally, the Under Current Occur Threshold is set to 20% to 30% of the device rated
operating current, and the Under Current Clear Threshold is set to about 20 mA greater
than the Under Current Occur Threshold. The Over Current Occur Threshold is set to
150% to 200% of the device rated operating current, and the Over Current Clear
Threshold is set to about 50 mA less than the Over Current Occur Threshold.
l If RET antennas are connected in a non-regular scenario, the Under Current Occur
Threshold is set to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the
RRU. The Over Current Occur Threshold is set to a value that is 150% to 200% of the
total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the RRU.
l If the configured ALD model is not recommended by Huawei, the Under Current Occur
Threshold is set to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the
RRU. The Over Current Occur Threshold is set to 150% to 200% of the total rated
current of all ALDs controlled by the RRU.
l There are three user-define types for GBTSs: UER_SELF_DEFINE1,
UER_SELF_DEFINE2, and UER_SELF_DEFINE3. Generally, the value is
UER_SELF_DEFINE1.

9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI


Configuring a Single Base Station
Configure ALDs using the data described in data preparation. For details, see 3900 & 5900
Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following sequence: 3900
& 5900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base Stations
> Creating GBTSs > Creating a Single GBTS > Configuring GBTS Device Data >
Configuring ALDs > Procedure.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 140


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

NOTE

When you navigate in the document, locate the correct node based on the type of the base station
controller connected to the base station.

Configuring Base Stations in Batches


Customize a template on a base station where ALDs have been configured, and save this
template. Prepare a summary data file by referencing the user-defined template. Configure
base stations in batches based on the summary data file.
For details, see 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in
the following sequence: 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-
based) > Creating Base Stations > Creating GBTSs > Creating GBTSs in Batches.

NOTE

When you navigate in the document, locate the correct node based on the type of the base station
controller connected to the base station.

9.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML


Commands

Scenario 1: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT


The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its RET port.

Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an RET port, including the
power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-1.
Step 2 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.

Step 3 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see
Table 9-2.
Step 4 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
NOTE

Skip this procedure if the RET antenna has built-in RCUs (that has been calibrated before delivery) and
ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is not reported. Perform this procedure if the RET antenna
has built-out RCUs or ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is reported.

Step 5 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit,
see Table 8-3.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see
Table 8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.

----End

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 141


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Scenario 2: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT


The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its antenna port.

Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an antenna port, including
the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-3.

Step 2 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.

Step 3 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see
Table 9-2.

Step 4 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.


NOTE

Skip this procedure if the RET antenna has built-in RCUs (that has been calibrated before delivery) and
ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is not reported. Perform this procedure if the RET antenna
has built-out RCUs or ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is reported.

Step 5 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit,
see Table 8-3.

Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see
Table 8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.

----End

Scenario 3: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


a TMA)
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an antenna port, including
the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-3.

Step 2 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.

Step 3 Run the ADD BTSTMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 9-4.

Step 4 Run the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit,
see Table 8-8.
NOTE

The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 5 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see
Table 9-2.

Step 6 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 142


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

NOTE

Skip this procedure if the RET antenna has built-in RCUs (that has been calibrated before delivery) and
ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is not reported. Perform this procedure if the RET antenna
has built-out RCUs or ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is reported.

Step 7 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit,
see Table 8-3.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see
Table 8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.
Step 10 (Optional) Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 9-5.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see
Table 9-6.

----End

Scenario 4: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a


TMA)
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an RET port, including the
power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-1.
Step 2 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.

Step 3 Run the ADD BTSTMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 9-4.

Step 4 Run the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit,
see Table 8-8.
NOTE

The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 5 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see
Table 9-2.
Step 6 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
NOTE

Skip this procedure if the RET antenna has built-in RCUs (that has been calibrated before delivery) and
ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is not reported. Perform this procedure if the RET antenna
has built-out RCUs or ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is reported.

Step 7 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit,
see Table 8-3.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see
Table 8-4.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 143


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.

Step 10 (Optional) Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 9-5.

Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see
Table 9-6.

----End

Scenario 5: Connection to the RET Antenna through the GATM


Step 1 Run the SET BTSDATUBP command to set parameters related to a GATM, including the
power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-7.

Step 2 Run the SET BTSRETANTENB command to enable the RET function, see Table 9-8.

Step 3 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.

Step 4 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see
Table 9-2.

Step 5 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.


NOTE

Skip this procedure if the RET antenna has built-in RCUs (that has been calibrated before delivery) and
ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is not reported. Perform this procedure if the RET antenna
has built-out RCUs or ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is reported.

Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see
Table 8-4.
NOTE

The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.

----End

9.4.6 Commissioning
Step 1 Run the DSP BTSALDVER command to query the version of an ALD. If the ALD needs to
be upgraded, download the required software as follows:
l If the ALD is an RET, see "RCU software download" in section 4.1.2 Operations on
RET Antennas.
l If the ALD is a TMA, see "TMA software download" in section 4.2.2 Operations on the
TMA.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 144


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Step 2 If the RET has no configuration file, load its configuration file. For details, see "Configuration
file loading" in section 4.1.2 Operations on RET Antennas.

----End

9.4.7 Activation Observation


Step 1 Run the DSP BTSRETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each
RET subunit. If an RET subunit works properly, Online Status is AVAILABLE in the
command output.

Step 2 Run the DSP BTSRET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna.

Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMA command to query TMA dynamic information.

Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMASUBUNIT command to query dynamic information
about TMA subunits.

----End

9.4.8 Deactivation
If an ALD is no longer used, remove it by running the following commands. Then, turn off
the power supply switch and set the attenuation factor to its default value.

l Run the RMV BTSRET command to remove an RET antenna, its subunits, and device
data.
l Run the RMV BTSTMA command to remove a TMA, its subunits, and device data.

9.4.9 Reconfiguration
When ALD data needs to be reconfigured, collect information about the parameters to be
modified based on connections between the RRU/RFU and the RET antenna. For details, see
section 8.4.2 Data Preparation.

l Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to modify parameters related to an RETPORT.


l Run the MOD BTSRET command to modify parameters related to an RET antenna.
l Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to an RET
subunit.
l Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to adjust an RET antenna downtilt.
l Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to modify parameters related to the
RET device data.
l Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to modify parameters related to an
ANTENNAPORT.
l Run the MOD BTSTMA command to modify parameters related to a TMA.
l Run the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to a TMA
subunit.
l Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to adjust RX channel attenuation.
l Run the MOD BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to modify parameters related to the
TMA device data.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 145


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

NOTE

Before changing the power port on the RRU or RFU from an RETPORT to an ANTENNAPORT or
from an ANTENNAPORT to an RETPORT, set the PWRSWITCH parameter that has been set to ON
to OFF for the reconfiguration. This is necessary because the ANTENNAPORT and RETPORT
switches on one RRU cannot be turned on simultaneously.

For the scenarios of connection to the RET antenna through the GATM:

l Run the SET BTSDATUBP command to modify parameters related to the port where
the GATM connects to the RET antenna.
l Run the MOD BTSRET command to modify parameters related to an RET antenna.
l Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to adjust an RET antenna downtilt.
l Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to modify parameters related to the
RET device data.

9.5 Performance Monitoring


N/A

9.6 Parameter Optimization


N/A

9.7 Possible Issues


Table 9-11 lists the alarms related to ALDs. If an alarm is reported, clear the alarm with
recommended actions in the alarm reference for the BSC.

Table 9-11 Alarms related to ALDs


Alarm ID Alarm Name

26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated

26752 ALD Hardware Fault

26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range

26531 RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch

26751 RET Antenna Motor Fault

26754 RET Antenna Data Loss

26755 TMA Bypass

26758 TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26757 RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26541 ALD Maintenance Link Failure

26272 Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 146


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN 9 Engineering Guidelines (Manual ALD Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Alarm ID Alarm Name

26274 Inter-System Board Object Configuration Conflict

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 147


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic


ALD Deployment)

10.1 When to Use


It is recommended that ALD Automatic Deployment be used when ALDs have been installed
and the ALDs comply with AISG protocols. The AISG protocol has two versions, AISG v1.1
and AISG v2.0. Both are supported in SRAN9.0 and later.
ALD automatic deployment applies to RETs and TMAs but not SASUs or AAS modules. In
addition, ALD automatic deployment is not supported in GATM scenarios.

10.2 Required Information


N/A

10.3 Planning
N/A

10.4 Deployment

10.4.1 Process
Figure 10-1 describes the process of ALD automatic deployment.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 148


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

Figure 10-1 ALD automatic deployment

10.4.2 Requirements
License
For details, see 7.4.1 Requirements.

Base Station
Base stations must have been deployed and commissioned before ALD automatic
deployment.

10.4.3 Data Preparation


Introduction
In automatic deployment of ALDs, the system automatically performs initial configuration for
most ALD data. Only a small amount of ALD data needs to be manually modified or added.
l For details of the automatic configuration, see 10.8 Appendix: Automatic ALD
Configuration Process.
l The ALD data that needs manual operation varies depending on the following: number
of RET subunits, cascading of RET antennas, number of TMA subunits, and connections
between the TMA and RRU/RFU. The related scenarios are as follows:

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 149


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

– Scenario 1: Single-antenna RET antenna not in daisy chain mode (see Figure 4-1)
– Scenario 2: AISG2.0-based TMA connected to the RRU/RFU with two RF ports
(one TMA with two TMA subunits) (see Figure 4-10)
– Scenario 3: Single-antenna RET antenna in daisy chain mode (see Figure 4-4)
– Scenario 4: Multi-antenna RET antenna (see Figure 4-1)
– Scenario 5: AISG v1.1-based TMA (two TMAs, each with one TMA subunit)
– Scenario 6: TMA connected to two cascaded RRUs or RFUs (see Figure 4-11)
– Scenario 7: TMA connected to the RRU with four RF ports (see Figure 4-12)
NOTE

In scenario 7, if the RRU with four RF ports is connected to two RET antennas, the TMA
and RET antenna on the RF port ANT_A connecting to the control port for the RET antenna
can be automatically deployed, but the TMA and RET antenna on the RF port ANT_B
connecting to the control port for the RET antenna cannot be automatically deployed. For
details about the data configurations, see scenario 3 in 8.4 Deployment or scenario 3 in 9.4
Deployment.

Obtain an RET antenna configuration file from the RET antenna manufacturer in advance
because the configuration file may be required for commissioning an ALD after initial
configuration is complete.

Manually Configured Data


After ALD automatic configuration is complete, manually modify and add required ALD
data, which must be obtained and recorded locally on the base station.

1. Common data that needs to be modified

Table 10-1 or Table 10-2 describes the parameters that need to be manually modified after
automatic configuration is complete.

Table 10-1 Common parameters that need to be manually modified (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB)

MO Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes


Name

RETSUBUNI Tilt TILT Check whether manual modification is


T required. If yes, obtain the method of
modifying this parameter.

TMASUBUN Mode MODE Check whether manual modification is


IT required. If yes, obtain the method of
Gain GAIN modifying this parameter.

RXBRANCH Attenuation ATTEN After manually modifying values of the


TMASUBUNIT.MODE and
TMASUBUNIT.GAIN, obtain the
modification value for the RX channel
attenuation using the following formula:
RXBRANCH.ATTEN =
TMASUBUNIT.GAIN – Antenna loss

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 150


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

Table 10-2 Common parameters that need to be manually modified (GBTS)


MO Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes
Name

BTSRETSUB Tilt TILT Check whether manual modification is


UNIT required. If yes, obtain the method of
modifying this parameter.

BTSTMASU Mode MODE Check whether manual modification is


BUNIT required. If yes, obtain the method of
Gain(0.25d GAIN modifying this parameter.
b)

BTSRXUBP Antenna ATTENFACTO After manually modifying values of the


Tributary 1 R1 BTSTMASUBUNIT.MODE and
Factor BTSTMASUBUNIT.GAIN, obtain the
modification value for the RX channel
Antenna MRRUATTEN attenuation using the following formula:
Tributary 1 FACTOR1
BTSRXUBP.ATTENFACTOR =
Factor
BTSTMASUBUNIT.GAIN – Antenna
Antenna ATTENFACTO loss
Tributary 2 R2
Factor

Antenna MRRUATTEN
Tributary 2 FACTOR2
Factor

2. Scenario-specific parameters that need to be manually added


Table 10-3 describes the parameters that need to be manually added in scenarios 3 through 7.
There is no need to manually add parameters in scenarios 1 and 2.

Table 10-3 Scenario-specific parameters that need to be manually added


Sce Scenario Configuration Setting Notes
nar Description Data
io
Ite
m

Sce Single-antenna RET subunit Add data of the connection port for the
nari RET antenna in connection port RETSUBUNIT MO based on connections
o3 a daisy chain between the RET antenna and RF module.
mode The vendor code and serial number of the
device identify an RET antenna. The cabinet
number, subrack number, and slot number
identify the RF module where an RF port
connecting to the RET antenna is located and
the port number identifies the RF port.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 151


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

Sce Scenario Configuration Setting Notes


nar Description Data
io
Ite
m

Sce Multi-antenna RET subunit Add data of the connection port for the
nari RET antenna connection port RETSUBUNIT MO based on connections
o4 between the RET antenna and RF module.
The ALD device number and subunit number
identify an RET subunit. The cabinet number,
subrack number, and slot number identify the
RF module where an RF port connecting to
the RET antenna is located and the port
number identifies the RF port.

Sce AISG v1.1- TMA subunit Add data of the connection port for the
nari based TMA connection port TNASUBUNIT MO based on connections
o5 between the TMA and RF module.
The vendor code and serial number of the
device identify a TMA. The cabinet number,
subrack number, and slot number identify the
RF module where an RF port connecting to
the TMA is located and the port number
identifies the RF port.

Sce TMA TMA subunit Manually modify the configuration of


nari connected to connection port connection ports for the TMASUBUNIT MO
o6 two cascaded after automatic configuration is complete.
RRUs or RFUs This is because automatic configuration
cannot identify RF ports ANT_A (R0A) on
the two cascaded RF modules as TMA
subunit connection ports.

RX channel Manually modify attenuation on the four RX


attenuation channels of two RF modules.

Sce TMA TMA subunit Manually modify the configuration of the


nari connected to connection port connection port for the TMASUBUNIT MO
o7 the RRU with after automatic configuration is complete.
four RF ports This is because automatic configuration
cannot identify any of the four RF ports on
RF modules as the TMA subunit connection
port.

RX channel Manually modify attenuation on RX channels


attenuation of the RF modules.

RET Antenna Configuration File


l Check whether the RET antenna configuration file needs to be downloaded.
Download the RET antenna configuration file in scenarios where an RCU and antenna
are delivered separately and installed onsite. There is no need to download the

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 152


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

configuration file in scenarios where an RCU and antenna are combined or delivered
together or where an existing RET antenna can be re-used.
l Obtain the RET antenna configuration file from the RET antenna manufacturer.
After obtaining the configuration file, record RCU and antenna models of all sectors in a
base station in the site survey report and determine which configuration file to download
for a specific RET antenna based on the model information.

10.4.4 Creating an ALD Automatic Deployment Task


ALD automatic deployment must be performed on the U2000 Antenna Management System
(AMS) client. This section describes how to start the U2000 AMS client and create an ALD
automatic deployment task.

Starting the U2000 AMS Client


You can start the U2000 AMS client by entering U2000's IP address in the Internet Explorer
(IE) address bar or by using the U2000 client.
Method 1: Entering U2000's IP address in the address bar of the IE

Step 1 In the address bar of the IE, enter U2000 IP address/ams (for example, 10.141.143.253/ams)
and press Enter.
Step 2 In the displayed login window of the U2000 AMS client, input User Name, Password, and
Verification Code.
Note that the user name and password for the U2000 AMS client are the same as those for the
U2000 client.

----End
Method 2: Using the U2000 client
On the U2000 client, choose Maintenance > Antenna Management > Device
Management. The U2000 AMS client is started.

Creating an ALD Automatic Deployment Task


After the U2000 AMS client is started, click Device Management tab. The Device
Management tab page is displayed. Then, click the ALD Auto Deployment tab.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 153


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

Figure 10-2 Clicking the ALD Auto Deployment tab

Operators can manage and monitor ALD automatic deployment on a single NE if an ALD
automatic deployment task has been created on the U2000 AMS client.

To create an ALD automatic deployment task for an NE, you can manually select the NE or
import a deployment list that contains the NE information.

NOTE

The preceding deployment list is exported through the CME described in 3900 & 5900 Series Base
Station Initial Configuration.

Method 1: Manually selecting an NE

Step 1 On the ALD Auto Deployment tab page, click Create.

Step 2 Select a target NE and click OK.

You can move one or multiple NEs from the Available NEs list to the Select NEs list by

clicking .

You can move all NEs from the Available NEs list to the Select NEs list by clicking .

The value of Status is Wait to be started, indicating that an ALD automatic deployment task
has been created for the selected NE.

----End

Method 2: Importing a deployment list

Step 1 On the ALD Auto Deployment tab page, click Import NE List.

Step 2 In the displayed Import dialog box, click Browse to select a deployment list and click OK.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 154


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

The value of Status is Wait to be started, indicating that an ALD automatic deployment task
has been created for the selected NE.

----End

10.4.5 Initial Configuration


Initial configuration for ALD automatic deployment includes automatic configuration and
manual configuration. Manual configuration is performed after automatic configuration.

Automatic Configuration

NOTICE
Do not stop an ongoing ALD automatic configuration task. Perform other operations only
after the automatic configuration is complete.

Step 1 On the list of ALD automatic deployment tasks, select a target NE and click Start.

Figure 10-3 Starting a task

Step 2 Wait until automatic configuration is complete. During the automatic configuration, Status is
Running.

Step 3 When automatic configuration is complete, the Progress becomes 100% and the Status
changes to Wait to be acknowledged.

Step 4 Click Export in the Report column to download an ALD automatic configuration report.

Step 5 Check the configuration process and results in the ALD automatic configuration report.

----End

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 155


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

Manual Configuration (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB)


Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration

Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence described in Manually
Configured Data in 10.4.3 Data Preparation. For instructions on how to perform the CME
single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.

Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration

You are advised to use the batch configuration function on the CME to manually configure
ALD data for base stations of the same type (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB) to improve
configuration efficiency. The related operations are as follows:

1. Export ALD data of multiple base stations using the CME.


For details of how to use the CME to export data of multiple base stations, see CME
Product Documentation. You can check the related operations for an eGBTS/NodeB/
eNodeB by choosing the corresponding RAT. For example, for an eGBTS, choose CME
Management > CME Guidelines > GSM Application Management > Base Satiation
Related Operations > Importing and Exporting eGBTS Data for Batch
Configuration in CME Product Documentation.
The ALD-related MOCs that need to be exported include ANTENNAPORT,
RETPORT, RXBRANCH, RET, RETSUBUNIT, TMA, and TMASUBUNIT.
2. Modify the exported ALD data.
Export the ALD data of multiple base stations to XLS files using the CME. Modify the
data for a specific scenario as described in 10.4.3 Data Preparation.
3. Import ALD data of multiple base stations using the CME.
For details of how to use the CME to import data of multiple base stations, see CME
Product Documentation. You can check the related operations for an eGBTS/NodeB/
eNodeB by choosing the corresponding RAT. For example, for an eGBTS, choose CME
Management > CME Guidelines > GSM Application Management > Base Satiation
Related Operations > Importing and Exporting eGBTS Data for Batch
Configuration in CME Product Documentation.

Manual Configuration (GBTS)


Run the MML commands to manually configure ALD data for a GBTS.

Table 10-4 describes the MML commands used to manually modify common ALD data.

Table 10-4 MML commands used to manually modify common ALD data
MO Paramete Parameter ID MML Command
r Name

BTSRETSUB Tilt TILT MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT


UNIT

BTSTMASUB Mode MODE MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT


UNIT

BTSTMASUB Gain(0.25 GAIN MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT


UNIT db)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 156


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

MO Paramete Parameter ID MML Command


r Name

BTSRXUBP Antenna ATTENFACTOR1 SET BTSRXUBP


Tributary
1 Factor

Antenna MRRUATTENFACTOR1
Tributary
1 Factor

Antenna ATTENFACTOR2
Tributary
2 Factor

Antenna MRRUATTENFACTOR2
Tributary
2 Factor

Table 10-5 describes the MML commands used to manually modify scenario-specific ALD
data.

Table 10-5 MML commands used to manually modify scenario-specific ALD data
Scenario Scenario Configuration Data MML Command
Item Description

Scenario 3 Single- Connection port for the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT


antenna RET BTSRETSUBUNIT MO
antenna in a
daisy chain
mode

Scenario 4 Multi-antenna Connection port for the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT


RET antenna BTSRETSUBUNIT MO

Scenario 6 TMA Connection port for the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT


connected to BTSTMASUBUNIT MO
two cascaded
RRUs or RX channel attenuation SET BTSRXUBP
RFUs

Scenario 7 TMA Connection port for the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT


connected to BTSTMASUBUNIT MO
the RRU/RFU
with four RF RX channel attenuation SET BTSRXUBP
ports

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 157


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

10.4.6 Commissioning

Downloading the RET Antenna Configuration File


To download RET antenna configuration files in batches, perform the following steps on the
U2000 AMS client:

Step 1 On the U2000 AMS client, click the Configuration tab.

Step 2 Select an NE and then an RET subunit on the displayed RET Subunit tab page. Multiple NEs
of the same version can be selected and multiple RET subunits can be selected for the same
NE.

Step 3 Choose Transfer GFG File > From OSS Client to OSS Server to upload the target RET
antenna configuration files from your local client to the U2000 server.

Step 4 On the RET Subunit tab page, click Export Configuration Template to export the template
for downloading configuration files for the RET antenna in batches.

Step 5 Input the configuration file name and tilt for each RET subunit in the exported template. If the
tilt is not specified for an RET subunit, the original tilt remains unchanged.

Step 6 Click Import Configuration Template to import the template for downloading configuration
files for the RET antenna in batches. The system automatically downloads configuration files
for the RET antenna, calibrates the RET antenna, and sets the downtilt.

Step 7 Click Export Configuration Report to export the report of downloading configuration files
for the RET antenna in batches.

Step 8 Check the process and results in the report of downloading configuration files for the RET
antenna in batches.

----End

10.4.7 Activation Observation

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB
Step 1 Run the DSP RETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each
RET subunit. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the RET subunit
works properly.

Step 2 Run the DSP RET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna. If the
values of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual number of RET
subunits are available, the RET antenna is started properly.
NOTE

If only one antenna port on the RF module supports RET, the RF module does not support reporting the
Control Port No. parameter. The value of this parameter is displayed as NULL.

Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMA command to query dynamic information about the
TMA. If the values of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual
number of TMA subunits are available, the TMA is started properly.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 158


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMASUBUNIT command to query the working status of
TMA subunits. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the TMA subunit
works properly.

----End

GBTS
Step 1 Run the DSP BTSRETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each
RET subunit. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the RET subunit
works properly.
Step 2 Run the DSP BTSRET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna. If
the values of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual number of
RET subunits are available, the RET antenna is started properly.
Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMA command to query dynamic information about the
TMA. If the values of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual
number of TMA subunits are available, the TMA is started properly.
Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMASUBUNIT command to query the working status of
TMA subunits. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the TMA subunit
works properly.

----End

10.4.8 Checking that ALD Automatic Deployment Is Complete


After an ALD automatic deployment task is complete for an NE, you need to check that ALD
automatic deployment is complete on the ALD Auto Deployment tab page of the U2000
AMS client.
On the list of ALD automatic deployment tasks, select an NE whose Status is Wait to be
acknowledged and click Acknowledge.
The value of Status for the NE changes to Completed.

10.4.9 Deactivation
If an ALD is no longer used, run an appropriate command to remove the ALD data. Then
power off the ALD and return the corresponding attenuation parameters to the default value.

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB
Step 1 Remove the ALD data:
l Using the U2000 AMS
a. In the U2000 AMS, click Configuration on the Device Management tab page, as
shown in Figure 10-4.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 159


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

Figure 10-4 ALD configuration tab page

b. On the displayed Configuration tab page, choose the target NE from which the
ALD is to be removed in area 1.
c. In area 2, click the Device tab, choose the ALD to be removed, and click Remove.
Data of the ALD and its subunits is removed.
l Using MML commands
– RMV RET: to remove an RET antenna and its subunits.
– RMV TMA: to remove a TMA and its subunits.
Step 2 Power off the ALD:
l Using the U2000 AMS
a. In area 2 on the Configuration tab page, click the Power Switch tab, choose the
port where the power switch for the removed ALD is located.
b. In area 3, set the power switch on the port to OFF. You can set the power switch
only on one port at a time.
l Using MML commands
– If all ALDs that are connected to an RETPORT are removed, run the MOD
RETPORT command to power off the RETPORT.
– If all ALDs that are connected to an ANTENNAPORT are removed, run the MOD
ANTENNAPORT command to power off the ANTENNAPORT.
Step 3 Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to set the corresponding RX channel attenuation
parameters to the default value.

----End

GBTS
Step 1 Remove the ALD data:
l Using the U2000 AMS
a. In the U2000 AMS, click Configuration on the Device Management tab page, as
shown in Figure 10-4.
b. On the displayed Configuration tab page, choose the target NE from which the
ALD is to be removed in area 1.
c. In area 2, click the Device tab, choose the ALD to be removed, and click Remove.
Data of the ALD and its subunits is removed.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 160


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

l Using MML commands


– RMV BTSRET: to remove an RET antenna and its subunits.
– RMV BTSTMA: to remove a TMA and its subunits.

Step 2 Power off the ALD:


l Using the U2000 AMS
a. In area 2 on the Configuration tab page, click the Power Switch tab, choose the
port where the power switch for the removed ALD is located.
b. In area 3, set the power switch on the port to OFF. You can set the power switch
only on one port at a time.
l Using MML commands
– If all ALDs that are connected to an RETPORT are removed, run the SET
BTSRXUBP command to power off the RETPORT.
– If all ALDs that are connected to an ANTENNAPORT are removed, run the SET
BTSRXUBP command to power off the ANTENNAPORT.

Step 3 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set the corresponding RX channel attenuation
parameters to the default value.

----End

10.4.10 Reconfiguration
If ALD data needs to be reconfigured after initial configuration is complete, you can use
either of the following ways:

l Remove ALDs that require data reconfiguration and then enable ALD automatic
deployment to restart initial configuration.
l Run MML commands to reconfigure ALD data.

Removing ALDs and Enabling Automatic ALD Deployment (eGBTS/NodeB/


eNodeB)
1. Remove ALDs that require data reconfiguration:
For details, see eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB.
2. Enable ALD automatic deployment to restart initial configuration.
For details, see 10.4.5 Initial Configuration.

Removing ALDs and Enabling Automatic ALD Deployment (GBTS)


1. Remove ALDs that require data reconfiguration:
For details, see GBTS.
2. Enable ALD automatic deployment to restart initial configuration.
For details, see 10.4.5 Initial Configuration.

Running MML Commands (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB)


See 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 161


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

Running MML Commands (GBTS)


See 9.4.9 Reconfiguration.

10.5 Performance Monitoring


N/A

10.6 Parameter Optimization


N/A

10.7 Possible Issues


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB
Table 10-6 lists the alarms related to ALDs for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB. If an alarm is
reported, clear the alarm by referring to the corresponding alarm reference.

Table 10-6 Alarms related to eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB ALDs

Alarm ID Alarm Name

26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated

26752 ALD Hardware Fault

26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range

26531 RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch

26751 RET Antenna Motor Fault

26754 RET Antenna Data Loss

26755 TMA Bypass

26758 TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26757 RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26541 ALD Maintenance Link Failure

26272 Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict

26274 Inter-System Board Object Configuration Conflict

GBTS
Table 10-7 lists the alarms related to ALDs for a GBTS. If an alarm is reported, clear the
alarm by referring to the corresponding alarm reference.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 162


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

Table 10-7 Alarms related to GBTS ALDs


Alarm ID Alarm Name

26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated

26752 ALD Hardware Fault

26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range

26531 RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch

26751 RET Antenna Motor Fault

26754 RET Antenna Data Loss

26755 TMA Bypass

26758 TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26757 RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26541 ALD Maintenance Link Failure

26272 Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict

26274 Inter-System Board Object Configuration Conflict

10.8 Appendix: Automatic ALD Configuration Process


Figure 10-5 describes the process of ALD automatic configuration.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 163


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

Figure 10-5 ALD automatic configuration process

Turing on the ALD Power Switch


The system attempts to turn on the ALD power switch for the RETPORT or
ANTENNAPORT MOs.
l If an ALD is configured for the RETPORT or ANTENNAPORT MO, the ALD power
switch is turned on. The system starts scanning the ALD and ALD automatic
configuration continues.
l If no ALD is configured for the RETPORT or ANTENNAPORT MO, the ALD power
switch cannot be turned on. The system turns off the ALD power switch and ALD
automatic configuration ends.
For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, Table 10-8 and Table 10-9 describe the parameters for
configuring the RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT MOs, respectively.

Table 10-8 Key parameters for configuring the RETPORT MO


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic
Name ID Configuration

Cabinet CN These parameters specify location These parameters are


No. information about the control port set to the cabinet
for an RET antenna, including the number, subrack

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 164


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic


Name ID Configuration

Subrack SRN cabinet number, subrack number, number, and slot


No. and slot number of the RRU where number of the RRU
the control port is located and the where the RETPORT is
Slot No. SN control port number. located and the port
Port No. PN number of the
RETPORT. The system
attempts to turn on the
ALD power switch on
the RETPORT.

ALD PWRSWIT Set this parameter to ON when an This parameter is set to


Power CH ALD is used. The default value is ON when the power
Switch OFF. switch is turned on or
to OFF when the power
switch cannot be turned
on.

Current THRESH - This parameter is set to


Alarm OLDTYPE the default value
Threshold RET_ONLY_MULTI
CORE.

Table 10-9 Key parameters for configuring the ANTENNAPORT MO


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic
Name ID Configuration

Control CN These parameters specify location These parameters are


Port information about the control port set to the cabinet
Cabinet for an RET antenna, including the number, subrack
No. cabinet number, subrack number, number, and slot
and slot number of the RRU or RFU number of the RRU
Control SRN where the control port is located and where the
Port the control port number. ANTENNAPORT is
Subrack located and the port
No. number of the
Control SN RETPORT. The system
Port Slot attempts to turn on the
No. ALD power switch on
the ANTENNAPORT.
Port No. PN

ALD PWRSWIT Set this parameter to ON when an This parameter is set to


Power CH ALD is used. The default value is ON when the power
Switch OFF. switch is turned on or
to OFF when the
power switch cannot be
turned on.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 165


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic


Name ID Configuration

Current THRESH - This parameter is set to


Alarm OLDTYPE the default value
Threshold TMA24DB_AISG.

For a GBTS, Table 10-10 and Table 10-11 describe the parameters for configuring the
RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT MOs, respectively.

Table 10-10 Key parameters for configuring the RETPORT MO


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic
Name ID Configuration

RET ALD PwrSwitch Set this parameter to ON when an This parameter is set to
Power RET ALD is used. The default value is ON when the power
Switch OFF. switch is turned on or
to OFF when the
power switch cannot be
turned on.

RET ALD THRESH - This parameter is set to


Current OLDTYPE the default value
Alarm RET RET_ONLY_MULTI
Threshold CORE.
Type

Table 10-11 Key parameters for configuring the ANTENNAPORT MO


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic
Name ID Configuration

ANT_A PwrSwitch Set this parameter to ON when an This parameter is set to


ALD A ALD is used. The default value is ON when the power
Power OFF. switch is turned on or
Switch to OFF when the
power switch cannot be
turned on.

ANT_A ChkModA - This parameter is set to


ALD the default value
Current TMA24DB_AISG.
Alarm
Threshold
Type

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 166


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

Scanning ALDs
The system starts scanning ALDs after the ALD power switch is turned on. The system will
scan a connected ALD and existing data of the ALD. The ALD data is used for later
automatic configuration.

Configuring the RET and RETSUBUNIT MOs


After an RET antenna is scanned, the system automatically configures the RET and
RETSUBUNIT MOs.
For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, Table 10-12 and Table 10-13 describe the parameters for
configuring the RET and RETSUBUNIT MOs, respectively.

Table 10-12 Key parameters for configuring the RET MO


Parameter Paramete Setting Notes Automatic
Name r ID Configuration

Device No. DEVICEN The ALD device number must be The system
O unique in a base station. Note that automatically allocates
the DEVICENO parameter value of the numbers with no
the RET antenna must differ from duplicates.
that of the TMA.

Device DEVICEN This parameter identifies an RET The format of the


Name AME antenna. device name is as
follows: device
type_cabinet number of
the control
port_subrack number
of the control port_slot
number of the control
port_random number.

Control CTRLCN These parameters specify location These parameters are


Port information about the control port set based on the ALD
Cabinet for an RET antenna, including the scanning results.
No. cabinet number, subrack number,
and slot number of the RRU or RFU
Control CTRLSRN where the control port is located.
Port
Subrack
No.

Control CTRLSN
Port Slot
No.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 167


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

Parameter Paramete Setting Notes Automatic


Name r ID Configuration

RET Type RETTYPE Set this parameter as follows: These parameters are
l Set this parameter to set based on the ALD
SINGLE_RET for the RET scanning results.
antenna with a single RET
subunit.
l Set this parameter to
MULTI_RET for the RET
antenna with multiple RET
subunits.

Number of SUBUNIT Number of RET subunits used by a This parameter is set


RET NUM base station. based on the ALD
Subunits Set this parameter based on the scanning results.
actual situation if the RETTYPE
parameter is set to MULTI_RET.

Polar Type POLARTY - This parameter is set to


PE DUAL.

Antenna SCENARI This parameter specifies how the If only one RET
Scenario O RET antenna is connected to an antenna is scanned on a
RRU or RFU. control port, this
l Set this parameter to parameter is set to
REGULAR if the RET antenna REGULAR.
is directly connected to the RRU If multiple RET
or RFU. In this scenario, antennas are scanned
VENDORCODE and on a control port, this
SERIALNO parameters do not parameter is set to
need to be specified. DAISY_CHAIN.
l Set this parameter to
DAISY_CHAIN when two RET
antennas are cascaded. In this
scenario, the control port for
RET antennas must be
configured on the upper-level
RRU or RFU of the daisy chain.
The VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters must be
specified.

Vendor VENDOR Set this parameter based on the This parameter is set
Code CODE manufacturer information, for based on the ALD
example, KA for a Kathrein RET scanning results.
antenna, AN for an Andrew RET
antenna, or HW for a Huawei
Agisson RET antenna.
This parameter is mandatory in
daisy chain scenarios.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 168


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

Parameter Paramete Setting Notes Automatic


Name r ID Configuration

Serial No. SERIALN Set this parameter according to the This parameter is set
O antenna serial number. based on the ALD
This parameter is mandatory in scanning results.
daisy chain scenarios.

Table 10-13 Key parameters for configuring the RETSUBUNIT MO


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic
Name ID Configuration

Device No. DEVICEN Device number of the ALD Device number of the
O configured with an RET unit ALD configured with
an RET unit

Subunit SUBUNIT This parameter specifies the RET The system


No. NO subunit number, which starts from automatically allocates
1. the numbers with no
duplicates.

Subunit SUBNAM This parameter specifies the name This parameter must be
Name E of the RET subunit. The name of manually configured.
the RET subunit is optional, but the
name configured for each RET
subunit must be unique.

Connect CONNCN - l If single-antenna


Port 1 1 RET antennas are
Cabinet used and the RET
No. antennas are not in
daisy chain mode,
Connect CONNSR connection port 1 is
Port 1 N1 set to R0A on the
Subrack RRU where the
No. control port is
Connect CONNSN located, and
Port 1 Slot 1 connection port 2 is
No. set to R0B on the
RRU where the
Connect CONNPN control port is
Port 1 Port 1 located.
No. l If a multi-antenna
RET antenna is used
Connect CONNCN
or if single-antenna
Port 2 2
RET antennas work
Cabinet
in daisy chain mode,
No.
neither connection
port 1 nor

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 169


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic


Name ID Configuration

Connect CONNSR connection port 2 is


Port 2 N2 set.
Subrack
No.

Connect CONNSN
Port 2 Slot 2
No.

Connect CONNPN
Port 2 Port 2
No.

Tilt TILT - This parameter is set to


the actual RET antenna
downtilt obtained from
the output of the DSP
RETSUBUNIT
command, which is
automatically executed
by the system.

For a GBTS, Table 10-14 and Table 10-15 describe the parameters for configuring the RET
and RETSUBUNIT MOs, respectively.

Table 10-14 Key parameters for configuring the RET MO


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic
Name ID Configuration

Device No. DEVICEN The device number of each ALD in The system
O a base station must be unique. Note automatically allocates
that the DEVICENO parameter the numbers with no
value of the RET antenna must duplicates.
differ from that of the TMA.

Device DEVICEN This parameter identifies an RET The format of the


Name AME antenna. device name is as
follows: device
type_cabinet number of
the control
port_subrack number of
the control port_slot
number of the control
port_random number.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 170


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic


Name ID Configuration

Control CTRLPOR These parameters specify location These parameters are


Port TCN information about the control port set based on the ALD
Cabinet for an RET antenna, including the scanning results.
No. cabinet number, subrack number,
and slot number of the RRU or RFU
Control CTRLPOR where the control port is located.
Port TSRN
Subrack
No.

Control CTRLPOR
Port Slot TSN
No.

Control CTRLPOR Control port number. The value This parameter is set
Port No. TNO ranges from 0 to 2. Control ports 0, based on the ALD
1, and 2 correspond to the ports scanning results.
ANT_A, ANT_B, and RETPORT,
respectively. Only one port on the
RRU or RFU can be used as the
control port for the RET antenna. In
a daisy chain scenario, multiple
RCUs share one control port.

RET Type RETTYPE Set this parameter as follows: This parameter is set
l Set this parameter to based on the ALD
SINGLE_RET for the RET scanning results.
antenna with a single RET
subunit.
l Set this parameter to
MULTI_RET for the RET
antenna with multiple RET
subunits.

Number of SUBUNIT Number of RET subunits used by a This parameter is set


RET NUM base station. based on the ALD
Subunits Set this parameter if the RETTYPE scanning results.
parameter is set to MULTI_RET.

Polar Type POLARTY - This parameter is set to


PE DUAL.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 171


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic


Name ID Configuration

Antenna SCENARI This parameter specifies how the If only one RET
Scenario O RET antenna is connected to an antenna is scanned on a
RRU or RFU. control port, this
l Set this parameter to parameter is set to
REGULAR if the RET antenna REGULAR.
is directly connected to the RRU If multiple RET
or RFU. In this scenario, antennas are scanned on
VENDORCODE and a control port, this
SERIALNO parameters do not parameter is set to
need to be specified. DAISY_CHAIN.
l Set this parameter to
DAISY_CHAIN when two RET
antennas are cascaded. In this
scenario, the control port for
RET antennas must be
configured on the upper-level
RRU or RFU of the daisy chain.
The VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters must be
specified.

Vendor VENDOR Set this parameter based on the This parameter is set
Code CODE manufacturer information, for based on the ALD
example, KA for a Kathrein RET scanning results.
antenna, AN for an Andrew RET
antenna, or HW for a Huawei
Agisson RET antenna.
This parameter is mandatory in
daisy chain scenarios.

Serial No. SERIALN Set this parameter according to the This parameter is set
O antenna serial number. based on the ALD
This parameter is mandatory in scanning results.
daisy chain scenarios.

Table 10-15 Key parameters for configuring the RETSUBUNIT MO


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic
Name ID Configuration

Device No. DEVICEN Device number of the ALD Device number of the
O configured with an RET unit ALD configured with
an RET unit

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 172


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic


Name ID Configuration

Subunit SUBUNIT This parameter specifies the RET The system


No. NO subunit number, which starts from automatically allocates
1. the numbers with no
duplicates.

Connect CONNCN - l If single-antenna


Port 1 1 RET antennas are
Cabinet used and the RET
No. antennas are not in
daisy chain mode,
Connect CONNSR connection port 1 is
Port 1 N1 set to 0 (ANT_A) on
Subrack the RRU where the
No. control port is
Connect CONNSN1 located, and
Port 1 Slot connection port 2 is
No. set to 1 (ANT_B) on
the RRU where the
Connect CONNPN1 control port is
Port 1 Port located.
No. l If a multi-antenna
RET antenna is used
Connect CONNCN
or if single-antenna
Port 2 2
RET antennas work
Cabinet
in daisy chain mode,
No.
neither connection
Connect CONNSR port 1 nor
Port 2 N2 connection port 2 is
Subrack set.
No.

Connect CONNSN2
Port 2 Slot
No.

Connect CONNPN2
Port 2 Port
No.

Tilt TILT - This parameter is set to


(0.1degree) the actual RET antenna
downtilt obtained from
the output of the DSP
BTSRETSUBUNIT
command, which is
automatically executed
by the system.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 173


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

Configuring the TMA and TMASUBUNIT MOs


After a TMA is scanned, the system automatically configures the TMA and TMASUBUNIT
MOs.
For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, Table 10-16 and Table 10-17 describe the parameters for
configuring the TMA and TMASUBUNIT MOs, respectively.

Table 10-16 Key parameters for configuring the TMA MO


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic
Name ID Configuration

Device No. DEVICEN The device number of each ALD in The system
O a base station must be unique. Note automatically allocates
that the DEVICENO parameter the numbers with no
value of the RET antenna must duplicates.
differ from that of the TMA.

Device DEVICEN This parameter identifies an RET The format of the


Name AME antenna. device name is as
follows: device
type_cabinet number of
the control
port_subrack number of
the control port_slot
number of the control
port_random number.

Control CTRLCN These parameters specify location These parameters are


Port information about the control port, set based on the ALD
Cabinet including the cabinet number, scanning results.
No. subrack number, and slot number of
the RRU or RFU where the control
Control CTRLSRN port is located. Set these parameters
Port based on connections between the
Subrack TMA and the RRU or RFU.
No.

Control CTRLSN
Port Slot
No.

Number of SUBUNIT Set this parameter based on the site This parameter is set
TMA NUM conditions. Generally, this based on the ALD
Subunits parameter is set to 2. scanning results.

Vendor VENDOR This parameter is required in a non- This parameter is set


Code CODE regular scenario. Set this parameter based on the ALD
to the actual TMA manufacturer scanning results.
code.

Serial No. SERIALN This parameter is required in a non- This parameter is set
O regular scenario. Set this parameter based on the ALD
to the actual TMA serial number. scanning results.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 174


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

Table 10-17 Key parameters for configuring the TMASUBUNIT MO


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic
Name ID Configuration

Device No. DEVICEN Device number of the ALD. Set this Device number of the
O parameter when configuring the ALD configured with
TMA MO. an RET unit

Subunit SUBUNIT Number of a TMA subunit The system


No. NO automatically allocates
the numbers with no
duplicates.

Connect CONNCN - l If the number of


Port TMA subunits is 2,
Cabinet connection port 1 is
No. set to R0A on the
RRU where the
Connect CONNSR control port is
Port N located, and
Subrack connection port 2 is
No. set to R0B on the
Connect CONNSN RRU where the
Port Slot control port is
No. located.
l If the number of
Connect CONNPN TMA subunits is not
Port No. 2, connection ports
are not set.

Mode MODE The TMA subunit supports two This parameter is set to
working modes: normal mode and the actual working
bypass mode: mode of the TMA
l In normal mode, the TMA subunit obtained from
subunit functions and the TMA the output of the DSP
amplifies uplink signals. TMASUBUNIT
command, which is
l In bypass mode, the TMA automatically executed
subunit works as a straight- by the system.
through feeder. It does not
amplify uplink signals. The
default value is NORMAL.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 175


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic


Name ID Configuration

Gain GAIN Set this parameter based on the This parameter is set to
engineering design. The gain value the actual gain of the
range supported by the TMA varies TMA subunit obtained
according to the manufacturer and from the output of the
model. Run the DSP DSP TMASUBUNIT
TMADEVICEDATA command to command, which is
query the value range before setting automatically executed
the gain. by the system.
If the gain is fixed, this parameter is
optional, or you can set this
parameter to its actual gain value.

For a GBTS, Table 10-18 and Table 10-19 describe the parameters for configuring the TMA
and TMASUBUNIT MOs, respectively.

Table 10-18 Key parameters for configuring the TMA MO

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic


Name ID Configuration

Device No. DEVICEN The device number of each ALD in The system
O a base station must be unique. Note automatically allocates
that the TMA's DEVICENO must the numbers with no
be different from the RET duplicates.
antenna's.

Device DEVICEN This parameter identifies an RET The format of the


Name AME antenna. device name is as
follows: device
type_cabinet number of
the control
port_subrack number of
the control port_slot
number of the control
port_random number.

TMA PWRSUP - This parameter is set to


Power PLYTYPE the default value
Supply SINGLE_PORT_PO
Type WER.

Control CTRLPOR These parameters specify location These parameters are


Port TCN information about the control port, set based on the ALD
Cabinet including the cabinet number, scanning results.
No. subrack number, and slot number of
the RRU or RFU where the control
port is located for an RET antenna.
Set these parameters based on

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 176


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic


Name ID Configuration

Control CTRLPOR control relationship between the


Port TSRN TMA and the RRU or RFU.
Subrack
No.

Control CTRLPOR
Port Slot TSN
No.

Number of SUBUNIT Set this parameter based on the site This parameter is set
TMA NUM conditions. Generally, this based on the ALD
Subunits parameter is set to 2. scanning results.

Vendor VENDOR - This parameter is set


Code CODE based on the ALD
scanning results.

Serial No. SERIALN - This parameter is set


O based on the ALD
scanning results.

Table 10-19 Key parameters for configuring the TMASUBUNIT MO


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic
Name ID Configuration

Device No. DEVICEN Device number of the ALD. Set this Device number of the
O parameter when configuring the ALD configured with
TMA MO. an RET unit

Subunit SUBUNIT Number of a TMA subunit The system


No. NO automatically allocates
the numbers with no
duplicates.

Connect CONNCN - l If the number of


Port TMA subunits is 2,
Cabinet connection port 1 is
No. set to 0 (ANT_A) on
the RRU where the
Connect CONNSR control port is
Port N located, and
Subrack connection port 2 is
No. set to 1 (ANT_B) on
Connect CONNSN the RRU where the
Port Slot control port is
No. located.
l If the number of
TMA subunits is not

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 177


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic


Name ID Configuration

Connect CONNPN 2, connection ports


Port No. are not set.

Mode MODE The TMA subunit supports two This parameter is set to
working modes, normal mode and the actual working
bypass mode: mode of the TMA
l In normal mode, the TMA subunit obtained from
subunit functions and the TMA the output of the DSP
amplifies uplink signals. BTSTMASUBUNIT
command, which is
l In bypass mode, the TMA automatically executed
subunit works as a straight- by the system.
through feeder. It does not
amplify uplink signals. The
default value is NORMAL.

Gain(0.25d GAIN Set this parameter based on the This parameter is set to
b) engineering design. The gain value the actual gain of the
range supported by the TMA varies TMA subunit obtained
according to the manufacturer and from the output of the
model. Run the DSP DSP
BTSTMADEVICEDATA BTSTMASUBUNIT
command to query the value range command, which is
before setting the gain. If the gain is automatically executed
fixed, this parameter is optional, or by the system.
you can set this parameter to its
actual gain value.

Configuring the RX Channel Attenuation


You need to configure the correspondingRX channel attenuation after MODE and GAIN have
been configured for the TMASUBUNIT MO.
For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, Table 10-20 describes the parameters for configuring the RX
channel attenuation.

Table 10-20 Key parameters for configuring the RX channel attenuation


Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic
Name ID Configuration

RX RXNO RX channel number of the RRU or RX channel number of


Channel RFU. port 0 is set to that of
No. RF port R0A and RX
channel number of port
1 is set to that of RF
port R0B.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 178


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic


Name ID Configuration

Attenuation ATTEN l If no TMA is used, set this l If the number of


parameter to 0. TMA subunits is 2,
l If a 12 dB TMA is used, set this this parameter is set
parameter to a value within the to
range from 4 dB to 11 dB. TMASUBUNIT.GA
IN minus 4 dB for
l If a 24 dB TMA is used, set this TMA subunits
parameter to a value within the working in normal
range from 11 dB to 22 dB. mode or to the
default value 0 for
TMA subunits
working in bypass
mode.
l If the number of
TMA subunits is not
2, the RX channel
attenuation is not
set.

For a GBTS, Table 10-21 describes the parameters for configuring the RX channel
attenuation.

Table 10-21 Key parameters for configuring the RX channel attenuation

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic


Name ID Configuration

Antenna HAVETT1 This parameter specifies whether a Antenna tributary 1 is


Tributary 1 TMA is connected to RF port the RX channel on port
Flag ANT_A. If a TMA is connected, set 0 (ANT_A). Antenna
this parameter to YES. tributary 2 is the RX
channel on port 1
Antenna ATTENFA Set this parameter based on the site (ANT_B).
Tributary 1 CTOR1 conditions after the TMA is
Factor installed. This parameter can be set l If the number of
only if the RXUTYPE parameter is TMA subunits is 2,
set to DRRU or DRFU. the RX channel
attenuation is set to
Antenna MRRUAT Set this parameter based on the site either of the
Tributary 1 TENFACT conditions after the TMA is following values:
Factor OR1 installed. This parameter can be set l TMASUBUNIT.GA
only if the RXUTYPE parameter is IN minus 4 dB: The
not set to DRRU or DRFU. TMA subunits are
Antenna HAVETT2 This parameter specifies whether a working in normal
Tributary 2 TMA is connected to RF port mode.
Flag ANT_B. If a TMA is connected, set l 0 (default value):
this parameter to YES. The TMA subunits

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 179


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (Automatic ALD Deployment)

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic


Name ID Configuration

Antenna ATTENFA Set this parameter based on the site are working in
Tributary 2 CTOR2 conditions after the TMA is bypass mode and the
Factor installed. This parameter can be set antenna tributary
only if the RXUTYPE parameter is flag is set to Yes.
set to DRRU or DRFU. l If the number of
TMA subunits is not
Antenna MRRUAT Set this parameter based on the site
2, the RX channel
Tributary 2 TENFACT conditions after the TMA is
attenuation is not
Factor OR2 installed. This parameter can be set
set.
only if the RXUTYPE parameter is
not set to DRRU or DRFU.

Multimode Base Station ALD Automatic Configuration


If an RRU or RFU connected to ALDs works in multiple RATs, the system uses the following
rules when implementing ALD automatic deployment:
1. Parameters related to the ALD power switch and RX channel attenuation of the RRU or
RFU must be set to the same values in modes that manage the RRU or RFU.
2. ALD parameters other than the preceding ones must be configured only in one of all
modes that manage the RRU or RFU.
The mode can be selected on the U2000 AMS client by choosing Configuration >
MBTS Management > MBTS Priority Settings. A mode of a higher priority is
preferred. Therefore, you need to set RAT priorities before ALD automatic deployment.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 180


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

11 Parameters

Table 11-1 Parameters


Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description
ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SCENA BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the connection scenario of the
RIO 0, RET 210601 ion with antenna. This parameter must be set based on the
BTS390 MOD MRFD- TMA hardware installation. The vendor code and serial
0 RET 210602 (Tower number of the device must be correctly configured in
WCDM Mounte a non-regular scenario. This parameter can be set to
A, LST WRFD- d REGULAR, DAISY_CHAIN,
BTS390 RET 060003 Amplifi SECTOR_SPLITTING, or 2G_EXTENSION.
0 LTE, er) GUI Value Range: REGULAR(REGULAR),
BTS590 Remote DAISY_CHAIN(DAISY_CHAIN),
0, Electrica SECTOR_SPLITTING(SECTOR_SPLITTING),
BTS590 l Tilt 2G_EXTENSION(2G_EXTENSION)
0
WCDM Same Unit: None
A, Band Actual Value Range: REGULAR, DAISY_CHAIN,
BTS590 Antenna SECTOR_SPLITTING, 2G_EXTENSION
0 LTE Sharing
Unit Default Value: None
(900Mh
z)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 181


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

MODE BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the working mode of the TMA
0, TMASU 210601 ion with subunit. If the TMA subunit works in BYPASS mode,
BTS390 BUNIT WRFD- TMA it does not amplify the uplink signals. If this
0 LST 060003 (Tower parameter is set to DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE, it is
WCDM TMASU Mounte invalid and the actual mode is not changed.
A, BUNIT d GUI Value Range: NORMAL(NORMAL),
BTS390 Amplifi BYPASS(BYPASS),
0 LTE, er) DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE(DEVICE_DEFAULT_
BTS590 Same VALUE)
0, Band
BTS590 Unit: None
Antenna
0 Sharing Actual Value Range: NORMAL, BYPASS,
WCDM Unit DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE
A, (900Mh Default Value: NORMAL(NORMAL)
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

DCSWI BTS390 ADD None None Meaning: Indicates the status of the DC power supply
TCH 0, SASU switch for the antenna port. The value range of this
BTS390 MOD parameter is BS (GSM antenna power supply), UMTS
0 SASU (UMTS antenna power supply), or OFF (Off),
WCDM DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE (Device default value).
A, LST If this parameter is set to
BTS590 SASU DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE, it is invalid and the
0, actual DCLoad switch is not changed. When the
BTS590 SASU is connected to a TMA, this parameter must be
0 set to BS or UMTS. Otherwise, this parameter is set to
WCDM OFF.
A GUI Value Range: BS(BS), UMTS(UMTS),
OFF(OFF),
DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE(DEVICE_DEFAULT_
VALUE)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: BS, UMTS, OFF,
DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE
Default Value: OFF(OFF)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 182


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DCLOA BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the DC-powered load of the SASU
D 0, SASUS subunit. If this parameter is set to 65535, it is invalid
BTS390 UBUNI and the actual DC load is not changed.
0 T GUI Value Range: 0~50,65535
WCDM LST
A, Unit: 20mA
SASUS
BTS590 UBUNI Actual Value Range: 0~1000,1310700, step:20
0, T Default Value: 65535
BTS590
0
WCDM
A

MODE BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the working mode of an SASU. If
0, SASUS this parameter is set to DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE,
BTS390 UBUNI it is invalid and the actual mode is not changed.
0 T GUI Value Range: NORMAL(NORMAL),
WCDM LST BYPASS(BYPASS),
A, SASUS DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE(DEVICE_DEFAULT_
BTS590 UBUNI VALUE)
0, T
BTS590 Unit: None
0 Actual Value Range: NORMAL, BYPASS,
WCDM DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE
A Default Value: NORMAL(NORMAL)

RETTY BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the antenna type. This parameter
PE 0, RET 210601 ion with can be set to SINGLE_RET or MULTI_RET.
BTS390 MOD MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: SINGLE_RET(SINGLE_RET),
0 RET 210602 (Tower MULTI_RET(MULTI_RET)
WCDM Mounte
A, MOD WRFD- d Unit: None
BTS390 RETTIL 060003 Amplifi Actual Value Range: SINGLE_RET, MULTI_RET
0 LTE, T er) Default Value: None
BTS590 LST Remote
0, RET Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 183


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

VENDO BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the vendor code.
RCODE 0, RET 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~2 characters
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA
0 (Tower Unit: None
RET 060003
WCDM Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~2 characters
A, LST d
RET Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS390 Amplifi
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 Same
0, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

SERIAL BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the ALD. The
NO 0, RET 210601 ion with vendor code and the serial number uniquely identify
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA an ALD.
0 RET 060003 (Tower GUI Value Range: 0~36 characters
WCDM Mounte
A, LST d Unit: None
BTS390 RET Amplifi Actual Value Range: 0~36 characters
0 LTE, er) Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS590 Same
0, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 184


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CN BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU
0, RETPO where the RET port is located.
BTS390 RT GUI Value Range: 0
0 LST
WCDM Unit: None
RETPO
A, RT Actual Value Range: 0
BTS390 Default Value: None
0 LTE, MOD
BTS590 RETPO
0, RT
BTS590
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

SRN BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU
0, RETPO where the RET port is located.
BTS390 RT GUI Value Range: 60~254
0 LST
WCDM Unit: None
RETPO
A, RT Actual Value Range: 60~254
BTS390 Default Value: None
0 LTE, MOD
BTS590 RETPO
0, RT
BTS590
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 185


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SN BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU where
0, RETPO the RET port is located.
BTS390 RT GUI Value Range: 0
0 LST
WCDM Unit: None
RETPO
A, RT Actual Value Range: 0
BTS390 Default Value: None
0 LTE, MOD
BTS590 RETPO
0, RT
BTS590
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

PN BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the number of the RET port on an
0, RETPO 210601 ion with RRU. This parameter is set to RET_PORT.
BTS390 RT MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: RET_PORT(RET_PORT)
0 LST 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
RETPO WRFD-
A, RT d Actual Value Range: RET_PORT
BTS390 060003 Amplifi
MOD Default Value: None
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 RETPO
RT Remote
0, Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 186


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

PWRS BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the state of the ALD power supply
WITCH 0, RETPO 210601 ion with switch. If SINGLE_RET(Single-antenna Remote
BTS390 RT MRFD- TMA Electrical Tilt Unit), MULTI_RET(Multi-antenna
0 LST 210602 (Tower Remote Electrical Tilt Unit) , RAE(Remote eAntenna
WCDM RETPO Mounte Extension), or RVD(Remote Vendor Defined Antenna
A, WRFD- d Line Device) is used, the ALD power supply switch
RT 060003
BTS390 Amplifi must be set to ON. In actual running, the RRU
0 LTE, er) automatically sets this switch to OFF for an RET port
BTS590 Remote when the ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current
0, Electrica Abnormal alarm is reported due to overcurrent,
BTS590 l Tilt overcurrent protection, or undercurrent protection (the
0 RRU supports undercurrent protection and Low
WCDM Same Current Protect Switch is set to ON for the RRU) on
A, Band the RET port. For details, see ALM-26530 RF Module
BTS590 Antenna ALD Current Abnormal.
0 LTE Sharing
Unit GUI Value Range: ON(ON), OFF(OFF)
(900Mh Unit: None
z) Actual Value Range: ON, OFF
Default Value: OFF(OFF)

THRES BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the type of the ALD current alarm
HOLDT 0, RETPO threshold. The current alarm threshold for the ALDs
YPE BTS390 RT (excluding user-defined ALDs), that is, for RET
0 LST antennas only (multi-wire cable), must be selected
WCDM RETPO according to the ALD type. The Undercurrent Alarm
A, RT Occur Threshold is 10 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm
BTS390 Clear Threshold is 15 mA, the Overcurrent Alarm
0 LTE, Occur Threshold is 150 mA, and the Overcurrent
BTS590 Alarm Clear Threshold is 120 mA. This parameter can
0, be set to UER_SELF_DEFINE or
BTS590 RET_ONLY_MULTICORE.
0 GUI Value Range:
WCDM UER_SELF_DEFINE(USER_DEFINED),
A, RET_ONLY_MULTICORE(RET_ONLY_MULTICO
BTS590 RE)
0 LTE
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UER_SELF_DEFINE,
RET_ONLY_MULTICORE
Default Value:
UER_SELF_DEFINE(USER_DEFINED)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 187


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

UOTHD BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm occur
0, RETPO 210601 ion with threshold. When the ALD current value is smaller
BTS390 RT MRFD- TMA than this threshold, an ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD
0 LST 210602 (Tower Current Out of Range alarm is reported. The specific
WCDM RETPO Mounte problem is undercurrent.
A, WRFD- d
RT 060003 GUI Value Range: 0~3500
BTS390 Amplifi
0 LTE, er) Unit: mA
BTS590 Remote Actual Value Range: 0~3500
0, Electrica Default Value: 40
BTS590 l Tilt
0
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

UCTHD BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm clear
0, RETPO 210601 ion with threshold. When the ALD current value is greater than
BTS390 RT MRFD- TMA this threshold, the ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD Current
0 LST 210602 (Tower Out of Range alarm is cleared.
WCDM RETPO Mounte GUI Value Range: 0~3500
A, WRFD- d
RT 060003 Unit: mA
BTS390 Amplifi
0 LTE, er) Actual Value Range: 0~3500
BTS590 Remote Default Value: 60
0, Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 188


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

OOTHD BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm occur
0, RETPO 210601 ion with threshold. When the overcurrent alarm occur threshold
BTS390 RT MRFD- TMA is lower than the maximum current supported by the
0 LST 210602 (Tower hardware, the overcurrent alarm occur threshold
WCDM RETPO Mounte prevails. When the ALD current value is greater than
A, WRFD- d this threshold, ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out
RT 060003
BTS390 Amplifi of Range is reported and the specific problem is
0 LTE, er) overcurrent.When the overcurrent alarm occur
BTS590 Remote threshold is higher than the maximum current
0, Electrica supported by the hardware, the maximum current
BTS590 l Tilt supported by the hardware serves as the overcurrent
0 alarm threshold. When the ALD current value is the
WCDM Same same as or greater than the maximum current
A, Band supported by the hardware, ALM-26530 RF Unit
BTS590 Antenna ALD Current Out of Range is reported and the
0 LTE Sharing specific problem is overcurrent protection.
Unit
(900Mh GUI Value Range: 0~3500
z) Unit: mA
Actual Value Range: 0~3500
Default Value: 185

OCTHD BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm clear
0, RETPO 210601 ion with threshold. When the overcurrent alarm clear threshold
BTS390 RT MRFD- TMA is lower than the maximum current supported by the
0 LST 210602 (Tower hardware, the overcurrent alarm clear threshold
WCDM RETPO Mounte prevails. When the ALD current value is lower than
A, WRFD- d this threshold, ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out
RT 060003
BTS390 Amplifi of Range is cleared.When the overcurrent alarm clear
0 LTE, er) threshold is higher than the maximum current
BTS590 Remote supported by the hardware, the maximum current
0, Electrica supported by the hardware serves as the overcurrent
BTS590 l Tilt alarm threshold. When the ALD current value is lower
0 than the maximum current supported by the hardware,
WCDM Same ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range is
A, Band cleared.
BTS590 Antenna
Sharing GUI Value Range: 0~3500
0 LTE
Unit Unit: mA
(900Mh Actual Value Range: 0~3500
z)
Default Value: 155

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 189


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DEVIC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device number of the ALD.
ENO 0, RET 210601 ion with The device number of the ALD must be unique.
BTS390 CLB WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~125
0 ALD 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
A, DLD d Actual Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 ALDCF Amplifi
GDATA Default Value: None
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 DLD Same
0, ALDSW Band
BTS590 DSP Antenna
0 ALDVE Sharing
WCDM R Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 DSP
RET z)
0 LTE
LST
RET
MOD
RET
RMV
RET
RST
ALD

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 190


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DEVIC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device name of the ALD,
ENAME 0, RET 210601 ion with which identifies the ALD. It is recommended that you
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA set the device name in the following format:
0 RET 060003 (Tower sector_device type_network type. The meanings of the
WCDM Mounte parts are as follows: Sector: indicates the number of
A, DSP d the sector. Device type: indicates the type of currently
BTS390 ALDVE Amplifi connected device. It can be SINGLE_RET (Single-
0 LTE, R er) antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), MULTI_RET
BTS590 DSP Same (Multi-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), TMA
0, RAEDE Band (Tower-mounted Amplifier), SASU (Same-band
BTS590 VICED Antenna Antenna Sharing Unit), RAE (Remote eAntenna
0 ATA Sharing Extension), RVD(Remote Vendor Defined Antenna
WCDM Unit Line Device), or RAS(Remote Azimuth Steering
A, DSP Unit). Network type: indicates whether the current
RAEFU (900Mh
BTS590 z) ALD is used for a 2G network or 3G/LTE network.
0 LTE NCTIO The device name is optional, but the device name
N configured for each ALD must be unique.
DSP GUI Value Range: 0~83 characters
RAESU
BUNIT Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~83 characters
DSP
RASDE Default Value: NULL(empty string)
VICED
ATA
DSP
RASSU
BUNIT
DSP
RET
DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RETSU
BUNIT
DSP
RVDDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RVDSU
BUNIT
DSP
TMADE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 191


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

VICED
ATA
DSP
TMASU
BUNIT
LST
RET

CTRLC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
N 0, RET 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~62
0 ALDCF 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
GDATA
A, d Actual Value Range: 0~62
BTS390 DLD Amplifi
ALDSW Default Value: 0
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 DLD Same
0, RETCF Band
BTS590 GDATA Antenna
0 DSP Sharing
WCDM ALDVE Unit
A, R (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE MOD
RET
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
RET
LST
RET

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 192


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CTRLS BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
RN 0, RET 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~254
0 ALDCF 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
GDATA
A, d Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~254
BTS390 DLD Amplifi
ALDSW Default Value: None
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 DLD Same
0, RETCF Band
BTS590 GDATA Antenna
0 DSP Sharing
WCDM ALDVE Unit
A, R (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE MOD
RET
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
RET
LST
RET

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 193


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CTRLS BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
N 0, RET 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~8
0 ALDCF 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
GDATA
A, d Actual Value Range: 0~8
BTS390 DLD Amplifi
ALDSW Default Value: None
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 DLD Same
0, RETCF Band
BTS590 GDATA Antenna
0 DSP Sharing
WCDM ALDVE Unit
A, R (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE MOD
RET
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
RET
LST
RET

SUBUN BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the number of configured RET
ITNUM 0, RET 210601 ion with subunits.
BTS390 MOD MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 1~8
0 RET 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
A, LST WRFD- d Actual Value Range: 1~8
BTS390 RET 060003 Amplifi Default Value: 1
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 Remote
0, Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 194


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

POLAR BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the polarization type of the
TYPE 0, RET 210601 ion with antenna. This parameter can be set to SINGLE or
BTS390 MOD MRFD- TMA DUAL.
0 RET 210602 (Tower GUI Value Range: SINGLE(SINGLE),
WCDM Mounte DUAL(DUAL)
A, LST WRFD- d
BTS390 RET 060003 Amplifi Unit: None
0 LTE, er) Actual Value Range: SINGLE, DUAL
BTS590 Remote Default Value: DUAL(DUAL)
0, Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

DEVIC BTS390 CLB LBFD-0 Remote Meaning: Indicates the device number of the RET.
ENO 0, RET 01024 / Electrica GUI Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 DLD TDLBF l Tilt
0 D-00102 Control Unit: None
RETCF
WCDM GDATA 4/ Actual Value Range: 0~125
A, MLBFD Default Value: None
BTS390 DSP -120004
0 LTE, RETSU 21
BTS590 BUNIT
0, LST
BTS590 RETSU
0 BUNIT
WCDM MOD
A, RETSU
BTS590 BUNIT
0 LTE
MOD
RETTIL
T

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 195


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SUBUN BTS390 CLB LBFD-0 Remote Meaning: Indicates the number of the RET subunit,
ITNO 0, RET 01024 / Electrica which starts from 1.
BTS390 DLD TDLBF l Tilt GUI Value Range: 1~8
0 RETCF D-00102 Control
WCDM 4/ Unit: None
GDATA
A, MLBFD Actual Value Range: 1~8
BTS390 DSP -120004
RETSU Default Value: None
0 LTE, 21
BTS590 BUNIT
0, LST
BTS590 RETSU
0 BUNIT
WCDM MOD
A, RETSU
BTS590 BUNIT
0 LTE

CONNC BTS390 MOD LBFD-0 Remote Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
N1 0, RETSU 01024 / Electrica RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
BTS390 BUNIT TDLBF l Tilt GUI Value Range: 0~62,255
0 LST D-00102 Control
WCDM 4/ Unit: None
RETSU
A, BUNIT MLBFD Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
BTS390 -120004 Default Value: 255
0 LTE, 21
BTS590
0,
BTS590
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 196


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CONNS BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
RN1 0, RETSU 210601 ion with RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
BTS390 BUNIT MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255
0 LST 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
RETSU WRFD-
A, BUNIT d Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255
BTS390 060003 Amplifi Default Value: 255
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 Remote
0, Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

CONNS BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
N1 0, RETSU 210601 ion with RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
BTS390 BUNIT MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~8,255
0 LST 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
RETSU WRFD-
A, BUNIT d Actual Value Range: 0~8,255
BTS390 060003 Amplifi Default Value: 255
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 Remote
0, Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 197


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CONNP BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the port number of the RRU or
N1 0, RETSU 210601 ion with RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
BTS390 BUNIT MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),
0 LST 210602 (Tower R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),
WCDM RETSU Mounte R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)
A, WRFD- d
BUNIT 060003 Unit: None
BTS390 Amplifi
0 LTE, er) Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,
BTS590 Remote R0F, R0G, R0H
0, Electrica Default Value: R0A(R0A)
BTS590 l Tilt
0
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

CONNC BTS390 MOD LBFD-0 Remote Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
N2 0, RETSU 01024 / Electrica RFU that is connected to antenna port 2. This
BTS390 BUNIT TDLBF l Tilt parameter is valid when a dual-polarized antenna is
0 LST D-00102 Control used.
WCDM RETSU 4/ GUI Value Range: 0~62,255
A, BUNIT MLBFD
BTS390 -120004 Unit: None
0 LTE, 21 Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
BTS590 Default Value: 255
0,
BTS590
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 198


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CONNS BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
RN2 0, RETSU 210601 ion with RFU that is connected to antenna port 2. This
BTS390 BUNIT MRFD- TMA parameter is valid when a dual-polarized antenna is
0 LST 210602 (Tower used.
WCDM RETSU Mounte GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255
A, WRFD- d
BUNIT 060003 Unit: None
BTS390 Amplifi
0 LTE, er) Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255
BTS590 Remote Default Value: 255
0, Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

CONNS BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
N2 0, RETSU 210601 ion with RFU that is connected to antenna port 2. This
BTS390 BUNIT MRFD- TMA parameter is valid when a dual-polarized antenna is
0 LST 210602 (Tower used.
WCDM RETSU Mounte GUI Value Range: 0~8,255
A, WRFD- d
BUNIT 060003 Unit: None
BTS390 Amplifi
0 LTE, er) Actual Value Range: 0~8,255
BTS590 Remote Default Value: 255
0, Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 199


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CONNP BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the port number of RRU or RFU
N2 0, RETSU 210601 ion with that is connected to antenna port 2. This parameter is
BTS390 BUNIT MRFD- TMA valid when a dual-polarized antenna is used.
0 LST 210602 (Tower GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),
WCDM RETSU Mounte R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),
A, WRFD- d
BUNIT 060003 R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)
BTS390 Amplifi
0 LTE, er) Unit: None
BTS590 Remote Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,
0, Electrica R0F, R0G, R0H
BTS590 l Tilt Default Value: R0B(R0B)
0
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

TILT BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the antenna tilt of the RET
0, RETSU 210601 ion with subunit. If this parameter is set to 32767, it is invalid
BTS390 BUNIT MRFD- TMA and the actual tilt is not changed.
0 MOD 210602 (Tower GUI Value Range: -300~300,32767
WCDM RETTIL Mounte
A, WRFD- d Unit: 0.1degree
T 060003
BTS390 Amplifi Actual Value Range: -30~30,3276.7, step:0.1
0 LTE, LST LEOFD- er)
RETSU Default Value: 32767
BTS590 121204 Remote
0, BUNIT
Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
3D
Beamfor
ming

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 200


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DEVIC BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device number of the RET.
ENO 0, RETDE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: None
210602
WCDM LST Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~125
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Default Value: None
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE, ATA er)
BTS590 Remote
0, MOD
RETDE Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0 VICED
WCDM ATA Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

SUBUN BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the number of the RET subunit,
ITNO 0, RETDE 210601 ion with which starts from 1.
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 1~8
0 ATA 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
LST WRFD-
A, RETDE d Actual Value Range: 1~8
BTS390 060003 Amplifi
VICED Default Value: None
0 LTE, ATA er)
BTS590 Remote
0, MOD
RETDE Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0 VICED
WCDM ATA Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 201


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

MODEL BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the model of the RET antenna
NO 0, RETDE 210601 ion with module.
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~15 characters
0 ATA 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
DSP WRFD-
A, RETDE d Actual Value Range: 0~15 characters
BTS390 060003 Amplifi
VICED Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE, ATA er)
BTS590 Remote
0, LST
RETDE Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0 VICED
WCDM ATA Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

SERIAL BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the RET
NO 0, RETDE 210601 ion with antenna module.
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~17 characters
0 ATA 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
DSP WRFD-
A, RETDE d Actual Value Range: 0~17 characters
BTS390 060003 Amplifi
VICED Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE, ATA er)
BTS590 Remote
0, LST
RETDE Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0 VICED
WCDM ATA Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 202


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BAND1 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates band 1 supported by the antenna.
0, RETDE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
0 ATA 210602 (Tower Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
WCDM LST Mounte Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
0 LTE, ATA er) Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
BTS590 Remote Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
0, Electrica Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
BTS590 l Tilt Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
0 Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
WCDM Same
Band Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
A, Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
BTS590 Antenna
Sharing Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
0 LTE
Unit Unit: None
(900Mh Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
z) Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

BEAM BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 1.
WIDTH 0, RETDE 210601 ion with Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
1 BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA 210602 (Tower measure the antenna pattern.
WCDM LST Mounte GUI Value Range: 0~359
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Unit: degree
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE, ATA er) Actual Value Range: 0~359
BTS590 Remote Default Value: 0
0, Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 203


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

GAIN1 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 1.
0, RETDE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~255
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: 0.1dBi
210602
WCDM LST Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Default Value: 0
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE, ATA er)
BTS590 Remote
0, Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

BAND2 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates band 2 supported by the antenna.
0, RETDE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
0 ATA 210602 (Tower Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
WCDM LST Mounte Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
0 LTE, ATA er) Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
BTS590 Remote Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
0, Electrica Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
BTS590 l Tilt Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
0 Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
WCDM Same
Band Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
A, Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
BTS590 Antenna
Sharing Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
0 LTE
Unit Unit: None
(900Mh Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
z) Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 204


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BEAM BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 2.
WIDTH 0, RETDE 210601 ion with Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
2 BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA 210602 (Tower measure the antenna pattern.
WCDM LST Mounte GUI Value Range: 0~359
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Unit: degree
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE, ATA er) Actual Value Range: 0~359
BTS590 Remote Default Value: 0
0, Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

GAIN2 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 2.
0, RETDE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~255
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: 0.1dBi
210602
WCDM LST Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Default Value: 0
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE, ATA er)
BTS590 Remote
0, Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 205


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BAND3 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates band 3 supported by the antenna.
0, RETDE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
0 ATA 210602 (Tower Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
WCDM LST Mounte Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
0 LTE, ATA er) Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
BTS590 Remote Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
0, Electrica Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
BTS590 l Tilt Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
0 Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
WCDM Same
Band Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
A, Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
BTS590 Antenna
Sharing Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
0 LTE
Unit Unit: None
(900Mh Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
z) Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

BEAM BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 3.
WIDTH 0, RETDE 210601 ion with Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
3 BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA 210602 (Tower measure the antenna pattern.
WCDM LST Mounte GUI Value Range: 0~359
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Unit: degree
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE, ATA er) Actual Value Range: 0~359
BTS590 Remote Default Value: 0
0, Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 206


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

GAIN3 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 3.
0, RETDE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~255
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: 0.1dBi
210602
WCDM LST Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Default Value: 0
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE, ATA er)
BTS590 Remote
0, Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

BAND4 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates band 4 supported by the antenna.
0, RETDE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
0 ATA 210602 (Tower Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
WCDM LST Mounte Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
0 LTE, ATA er) Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
BTS590 Remote Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
0, Electrica Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
BTS590 l Tilt Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
0 Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
WCDM Same
Band Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
A, Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
BTS590 Antenna
Sharing Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
0 LTE
Unit Unit: None
(900Mh Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
z) Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 207


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BEAM BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 4.
WIDTH 0, RETDE 210601 ion with Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
4 BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA 210602 (Tower measure the antenna pattern.
WCDM LST Mounte GUI Value Range: 0~359
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Unit: degree
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE, ATA er) Actual Value Range: 0~359
BTS590 Remote Default Value: 0
0, Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

GAIN4 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 4.
0, RETDE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~255
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: 0.1dBi
210602
WCDM LST Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Default Value: 0
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE, ATA er)
BTS590 Remote
0, Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 208


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DATE BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the date when the antenna is
0, RETDE 210601 ion with installed.
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~6 characters
0 ATA 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
DSP WRFD-
A, RETDE d Actual Value Range: 0~6 characters
BTS390 060003 Amplifi
VICED Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE, ATA er)
BTS590 Remote
0, LST
RETDE Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0 VICED
WCDM ATA Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

INSTAL BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the ID of the installation
LERID 0, RETDE 210601 ion with technician who installed the antenna.
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~5 characters
0 ATA 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
DSP WRFD-
A, RETDE d Actual Value Range: 0~5 characters
BTS390 060003 Amplifi
VICED Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE, ATA er)
BTS590 Remote
0, LST
RETDE Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0 VICED
WCDM ATA Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 209


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BSID BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the base station ID. AISG1.1-
0, RETDE 210601 ion with based RET antennas support a maximum length of 12
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA characters for the base station ID. If the input base
0 ATA 210602 (Tower station ID has more than 12 characters, only the first
WCDM DSP Mounte 12 characters are saved on the RET antenna.
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE, er) Unit: None
ATA
BTS590 Remote Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters
0, LST
RETDE Electrica Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS590 l Tilt
0 VICED
WCDM ATA Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

SECTO BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the AISG sector ID. AISG1.1-
RID 0, RETDE 210601 ion with based RET antennas support a maximum sector ID
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA length of 4 characters. If the input sector ID has more
0 ATA 210602 (Tower than 4 characters, only the first 4 characters are saved
WCDM DSP Mounte on the RET antenna.
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE, er) Unit: None
ATA
BTS590 Remote Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters
0, LST
RETDE Electrica Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS590 l Tilt
0 VICED
WCDM ATA Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 210


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BEARI BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the antenna azimuth.
NG 0, RETDE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~359
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: degree
210602
WCDM DSP Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~359
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Default Value: 0
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE, ATA er)
BTS590 Remote
0, LST
RETDE Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0 VICED
WCDM ATA Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

TILT BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the mechanical tilt of the
0, RETDE 210601 ion with installation.
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: -100~300
0 ATA 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: 0.1degree
DSP WRFD-
A, RETDE d Actual Value Range: -10~30, step:0.1
BTS390 060003 Amplifi
VICED Default Value: 0
0 LTE, ATA er)
BTS590 Remote
0, LST
RETDE Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0 VICED
WCDM ATA Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 211


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CN BTS390 CFM None None Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
0, TMAC RFU where the antenna port is located.
BTS390 ONNEC GUI Value Range: 0~62
0 TION
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
A, ANTEN Actual Value Range: 0~62
BTS390 NAPOR Default Value: None
0 LTE, T
BTS590
0, LST
BTS590 ANTEN
0 NAPOR
WCDM T
A, MOD
BTS590 ANTEN
0 LTE NAPOR
T

SRN BTS390 CFM None None Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
0, TMAC RFU where the antenna port is located.
BTS390 ONNEC GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~254
0 TION
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
A, ANTEN Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~254
BTS390 NAPOR Default Value: None
0 LTE, T
BTS590
0, LST
BTS590 ANTEN
0 NAPOR
WCDM T
A, MOD
BTS590 ANTEN
0 LTE NAPOR
T

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 212


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SN BTS390 CFM None None Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
0, TMAC RFU where the antenna port is located.
BTS390 ONNEC GUI Value Range: 0~8
0 TION
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
A, ANTEN Actual Value Range: 0~8
BTS390 NAPOR Default Value: None
0 LTE, T
BTS590
0, LST
BTS590 ANTEN
0 NAPOR
WCDM T
A, MOD
BTS590 ANTEN
0 LTE NAPOR
T

PN BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning:


0, ANTEN 210601 ion with Indicates the number of the antenna port on the RRU
BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA or RFU.For the RRU that works in TDD mode and
0 T 210602 (Tower has eight channels to be connected to the antenna, the
WCDM LST Mounte service channels are ANT1 to ANT8 and the
A, WRFD- d
ANTEN 060003 corresponding ports on the antenna are R0A to R0H.
BTS390 NAPOR Amplifi
0 LTE, T er) For the RRU that works in TDD mode and does not
BTS590 Remote have eight channels or the RRU that works in FDD
0, MOD mode, the service channels are named from ANT0 and
ANTEN Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt the corresponding port on the antenna is R0A.
0 NAPOR
T Same GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),
WCDM R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),
A, CFM Band
Antenna R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)
BTS590 TMAC
0 LTE ONNEC Sharing Unit: None
TION Unit Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,
(900Mh R0F, R0G, R0H
z)
Default Value: None

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 213


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

PWRS BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the state of the ALD power supply
WITCH 0, ANTEN 210601 ion with switch. The ALD power supply switches for the
BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA SINGLE_RET (Single-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt
0 T 210602 (Tower Unit), MULTI_RET (Multi-antenna Remote Electrical
WCDM LST Mounte Tilt Unit), STMA (Smart Tower-mounted Amplifier),
A, WRFD- d SASU (Same-band Antenna Sharing Unit), RAE
ANTEN 060003
BTS390 NAPOR Amplifi (Remote eAntenna Extension), RVD (Remote Vendor
0 LTE, T er) Defined Antenna Line Device), or RAS(Remote
BTS590 Remote Azimuth Steering Unit) must be set to ON. In actual
0, Electrica running, the RRU/RFU automatically sets this switch
BTS590 l Tilt to OFF for an Antenna port when the ALM-26530 RF
0 Module ALD Current Abnormal alarm is reported due
WCDM Same to overcurrent, overcurrent protection, or undercurrent
A, Band protection (the RRU/RFU supports undercurrent
BTS590 Antenna protection and Low Current Protect Switch is set to
0 LTE Sharing ON for the RRU/RFU) on the Antenna port. For
Unit details, see ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current
(900Mh Abnormal.
z)
GUI Value Range: ON(ON), OFF(OFF)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: ON, OFF
Default Value: OFF(OFF)

FEEDE BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the length of the feeder at the
RLENG 0, ANTEN 210601 ion with antenna port.
TH BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~1000(metric system);
0 T 210602 (Tower 0~3281(imperial system)
WCDM LST Mounte
A, WRFD- d Unit: m(metric system);ft(imperial system)
ANTEN 060003
BTS390 NAPOR Amplifi Actual Value Range: 0~1000(metric system);
0 LTE, T er) 0~3281(imperial system)
BTS590 Remote Default Value: 0(metric system);0(imperial system)
0, Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 214


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DLDEL BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the downlink delay of the antenna,
AY 0, ANTEN 210601 ion with that is, the propagation delay from the output port of
BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA an RF unit to the antenna port. If no TMA is
0 T 210602 (Tower configured, this parameter is set to the propagation
WCDM LST Mounte delay of the feeder. In typical scenarios, the
A, WRFD- d transmission speed of signals in feeders is 0.88 times
ANTEN 060003
BTS390 NAPOR Amplifi the speed of light, and therefore the propagation delay
0 LTE, T er) of feeders can be calculated using the following
BTS590 Remote formula: (feeder length x 10 x 100)/(3 x 88). In this
0, Electrica formula, the propagation delay of feeders is in units of
BTS590 l Tilt ns and the feeder length is in units of m. If the TMA is
0 configured, the value of this parameter also includes
WCDM Same the delay of the TMA. For details about the delay of
A, Band the TMA, see the document provided by the TMA
BTS590 Antenna manufacturer.
0 LTE Sharing
Unit GUI Value Range: 0~100000
(900Mh Unit: ns
z) Actual Value Range: 0~100000
Default Value: 100

ULDEL BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the uplink delay of the antenna,
AY 0, ANTEN 210601 ion with that is, the propagation delay from the antenna port to
BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA the input port of an RF unit. If no TMA is configured,
0 T 210602 (Tower this parameter is set to the propagation delay of the
WCDM LST Mounte feeder. In typical scenarios, the transmission speed of
A, WRFD- d signals in feeders is 0.88 times the speed of light, and
ANTEN 060003
BTS390 NAPOR Amplifi therefore the propagation delay of feeders can be
0 LTE, T er) calculated using the following formula: (feeder length
BTS590 Remote x 10 x 100)/(3 x 88). In this formula, the propagation
0, Electrica delay of feeders is in units of ns and the feeder length
BTS590 l Tilt is in units of m. If the TMA is configured, the value of
0 this parameter also includes the delay of the TMA.
WCDM Same For details about the delay of the TMA, see the
A, Band document provided by the TMA manufacturer.
BTS590 Antenna
Sharing GUI Value Range: 0~100000
0 LTE
Unit Unit: ns
(900Mh Actual Value Range: 0~100000
z)
Default Value: 100

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 215


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

THRES BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the type of the ALD current alarm
HOLDT 0, ANTEN threshold. The current alarm thresholds for ALDs
YPE BTS390 NAPOR (excluding user-defined ALDs) must be selected
0 T according to the ALD type and connection mode. For
WCDM LST 12 dB non-AISG TMAs only: the Undercurrent Alarm
A, ANTEN Occur Threshold is 30 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm
BTS390 NAPOR Clear Threshold is 40 mA, the Overcurrent Occur
0 LTE, T Alarm Threshold is 170 mA, and the Overcurrent
BTS590 Alarm Clear Threshold is 150 mA. For 24 dB non-
0, AISG TMAs only: the Undercurrent Alarm Occur
BTS590 Threshold is 40 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm Clear
0 Threshold is 60 mA, the Overcurrent Occur Alarm
WCDM Threshold is 310 mA, and the Overcurrent Alarm
A, Clear Threshold is 280 mA. For RET (coaxial) only:
BTS590 the Undercurrent Alarm Occur Threshold is 25 mA,
0 LTE the Undercurrent Alarm Clear Threshold is 33 mA,
the Overcurrent Occur Alarm Threshold is 150 mA,
and the Overcurrent Alarm Clear Threshold is 120
mA. For 12 dB TMA and RET or 12 dB TMA (AISG)
only: the Undercurrent Alarm Occur Threshold is 30
mA, the Undercurrent Alarm Clear Threshold is 40
mA, the Overcurrent Occur Alarm Threshold is 450
mA, and the Overcurrent Alarm Clear Threshold is
400 mA. For 24 dB TMA and RET or 24 dB TMA
(AISG) only: the Undercurrent Alarm Occur
Threshold is 40 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm Clear
Threshold is 60 mA, the Overcurrent Occur Alarm
Threshold is 850 mA, and the Overcurrent Alarm
Clear Threshold is 750 mA. This parameter can be set
to UER_SELF_DEFINE,
TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG,
TMA24DB_ONLY_NON_AISG,
RET_ONLY_COAXIAL, TMA12DB_AISG, or
TMA24DB_AISG.
GUI Value Range:
UER_SELF_DEFINE(USER_DEFINED),
TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG(TMA12DB_ONLY_
NON_AISG),
TMA24DB_ONLY_NON_AISG(TMA24DB_ONLY_
NON_AISG),
RET_ONLY_COAXIAL(RET_ONLY_COAXIAL),
TMA12DB_AISG(TMA12DB_AISG),
TMA24DB_AISG(TMA24DB_AISG)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UER_SELF_DEFINE,
TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG,
TMA24DB_ONLY_NON_AISG,

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 216


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

RET_ONLY_COAXIAL, TMA12DB_AISG,
TMA24DB_AISG
Default Value:
UER_SELF_DEFINE(USER_DEFINED)

UOTHD BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm occur
0, ANTEN 210601 ion with threshold. When the ALD current value is smaller
BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA than this threshold, an ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD
0 T 210602 (Tower Current Out of Range alarm is reported. The specific
WCDM LST Mounte problem is undercurrent.
A, WRFD- d
ANTEN 060003 GUI Value Range: 0~3500
BTS390 NAPOR Amplifi
0 LTE, er) Unit: mA
T
BTS590 Remote Actual Value Range: 0~3500
0, Electrica Default Value: 40
BTS590 l Tilt
0
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

UCTHD BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm clear
0, ANTEN 210601 ion with threshold. When the ALD current value is greater than
BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA this threshold, the ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD Current
0 T 210602 (Tower Out of Range alarm is cleared.
WCDM LST Mounte GUI Value Range: 0~3500
A, WRFD- d
ANTEN 060003 Unit: mA
BTS390 NAPOR Amplifi
0 LTE, T er) Actual Value Range: 0~3500
BTS590 Remote Default Value: 60
0, Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 217


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

OOTHD BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm occur
0, ANTEN 210601 ion with threshold. When the ALD current value is greater than
BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA this threshold, an ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD Current
0 T 210602 (Tower Out of Range alarm is reported. The specific problem
WCDM LST Mounte is overcurrent. When the overcurrent alarm occur
A, WRFD- d threshold is lower than the maximum current
ANTEN 060003
BTS390 NAPOR Amplifi supported by the hardware, the overcurrent alarm
0 LTE, T er) occur threshold prevails. When the overcurrent alarm
BTS590 Remote occur threshold is higher than the maximum current
0, Electrica supported by the hardware, the maximum current
BTS590 l Tilt supported by the hardware serves as the overcurrent
0 alarm occur threshold.
WCDM Same
Band GUI Value Range: 0~3500
A,
BTS590 Antenna Unit: mA
0 LTE Sharing Actual Value Range: 0~3500
Unit
(900Mh Default Value: 185
z)

OCTHD BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm clear
0, ANTEN 210601 ion with threshold. When the overcurrent alarm clear threshold
BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA is lower than the maximum current supported by the
0 T 210602 (Tower hardware, the overcurrent alarm clear threshold
WCDM LST Mounte prevails. When the ALD current value is lower than
A, WRFD- d this threshold, ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out
ANTEN 060003
BTS390 NAPOR Amplifi of Range is cleared. When the overcurrent alarm clear
0 LTE, T er) threshold is higher than the maximum current
BTS590 Remote supported by the hardware, the maximum current
0, Electrica supported by the hardware serves as the overcurrent
BTS590 l Tilt alarm clear threshold. When the ALD current value is
0 lower than the maximum current supported by the
WCDM Same hardware, ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out of
A, Band Range is cleared.
BTS590 Antenna
Sharing GUI Value Range: 0~3500
0 LTE
Unit Unit: mA
(900Mh Actual Value Range: 0~3500
z)
Default Value: 155

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 218


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DEVIC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device number of the ALD.
ENO 0, TMA 210601 ion with The device number of the ALD must be unique.
BTS390 CLB WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~125
0 ALD 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
A, DLD d Actual Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 ALDCF Amplifi
GDATA Default Value: None
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 DLD Same
0, ALDSW Band
BTS590 DSP Antenna
0 ALDVE Sharing
WCDM R Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 DSP
TMA z)
0 LTE
LST
TMA
MOD
TMA
RMV
TMA
RST
ALD

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 219


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DEVIC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device name of the ALD,
ENAME 0, TMA 210601 ion with which identifies the ALD. It is recommended that you
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA set the device name in the following format:
0 TMA 060003 (Tower sector_device type_network type. The meanings of the
WCDM Mounte parts are as follows: Sector: indicates the number of
A, DSP d the sector. Device type: indicates the type of currently
BTS390 ALDVE Amplifi connected device. It can be SINGLE_RET (Single-
0 LTE, R er) antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), MULTI_RET
BTS590 DSP Same (Multi-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), TMA
0, RAEDE Band (Tower-mounted Amplifier), SASU (Same-band
BTS590 VICED Antenna Antenna Sharing Unit), RAE (Remote eAntenna
0 ATA Sharing Extension), RVD(Remote Vendor Defined Antenna
WCDM Unit Line Device), or RAS(Remote Azimuth Steering
A, DSP Unit). Network type: indicates whether the current
RAEFU (900Mh
BTS590 z) ALD is used for a 2G network or 3G/LTE network.
0 LTE NCTIO The device name is optional, but the device name
N configured for each ALD must be unique.
DSP GUI Value Range: 0~83 characters
RAESU
BUNIT Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~83 characters
DSP
RASDE Default Value: NULL(empty string)
VICED
ATA
DSP
RASSU
BUNIT
DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RETSU
BUNIT
DSP
RVDDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RVDSU
BUNIT
DSP
TMA
DSP
TMADE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 220


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

VICED
ATA
DSP
TMASU
BUNIT
LST
TMA

CTRLC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
N 0, TMA 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~62
0 ALDCF 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
GDATA
A, d Actual Value Range: 0~62
BTS390 DLD Amplifi
ALDSW Default Value: 0
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 DLD Same
0, RETCF Band
BTS590 GDATA Antenna
0 DSP Sharing
WCDM ALDVE Unit
A, R (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE MOD
TMA
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
TMA
LST
TMA

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 221


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CTRLS BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
RN 0, TMA 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~254
0 ALDCF 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
GDATA
A, d Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~254
BTS390 DLD Amplifi
ALDSW Default Value: None
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 DLD Same
0, RETCF Band
BTS590 GDATA Antenna
0 DSP Sharing
WCDM ALDVE Unit
A, R (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE MOD
TMA
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
TMA
LST
TMA

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 222


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CTRLS BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
N 0, TMA 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~8
0 ALDCF 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
GDATA
A, d Actual Value Range: 0~8
BTS390 DLD Amplifi
ALDSW Default Value: None
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 DLD Same
0, RETCF Band
BTS590 GDATA Antenna
0 DSP Sharing
WCDM ALDVE Unit
A, R (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE MOD
TMA
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
TMA
LST
TMA

SUBUN BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the number of configured TMA
ITNUM 0, TMA 210601 ion with subunits.
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 1~8
0 TMA 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
A, LST d Actual Value Range: 1~8
BTS390 TMA Amplifi Default Value: None
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 Same
0, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 223


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

VENDO BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the vendor code.
RCODE 0, TMA 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~2 characters
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA
0 (Tower Unit: None
TMA 060003
WCDM Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~2 characters
A, LST d
TMA Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS390 Amplifi
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 Same
0, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

SERIAL BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the ALD. The
NO 0, TMA 210601 ion with vendor code and the serial number uniquely identify
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA an ALD.
0 TMA 060003 (Tower GUI Value Range: 0~36 characters
WCDM Mounte
A, LST d Unit: None
BTS390 TMA Amplifi Actual Value Range: 0~36 characters
0 LTE, er) Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS590 Same
0, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 224


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DEVIC BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device number of the TMA.
ENO 0, TMASU 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 BUNIT WRFD- TMA
0 (Tower Unit: None
LST 060003
WCDM TMASU Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~125
A, BUNIT d Default Value: None
BTS390 Amplifi
0 LTE, MOD er)
BTS590 TMASU
BUNIT Same
0, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

SUBUN BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the number of the TMA subunit,
ITNO 0, TMASU 210601 ion with which starts from 1.
BTS390 BUNIT WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 1~8
0 LST 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
TMASU
A, BUNIT d Actual Value Range: 1~8
BTS390 Amplifi Default Value: None
0 LTE, MOD er)
BTS590 TMASU
BUNIT Same
0, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 225


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CONNC BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
N 0, TMASU 210601 ion with RFU that provides the antenna port to which the TMA
BTS390 BUNIT WRFD- TMA subunit is connected.
0 LST 060003 (Tower GUI Value Range: 0~62,255
WCDM TMASU Mounte
A, d Unit: None
BUNIT
BTS390 Amplifi Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
0 LTE, er) Default Value: 255
BTS590 Same
0, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

CONNS BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
RN 0, TMASU 210601 ion with RFU that provides the antenna port to which the TMA
BTS390 BUNIT WRFD- TMA subunit is connected.
0 LST 060003 (Tower GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255
WCDM TMASU Mounte
A, d Unit: None
BUNIT
BTS390 Amplifi Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255
0 LTE, er) Default Value: 255
BTS590 Same
0, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 226


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CONNS BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
N 0, TMASU 210601 ion with RFU that provides the antenna port to which the TMA
BTS390 BUNIT WRFD- TMA subunit is connected.
0 LST 060003 (Tower GUI Value Range: 0~8,255
WCDM TMASU Mounte
A, d Unit: None
BUNIT
BTS390 Amplifi Actual Value Range: 0~8,255
0 LTE, er) Default Value: 255
BTS590 Same
0, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

CONNP BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the number of the antenna port to
N 0, TMASU 210601 ion with which the TMA subunit is connected.
BTS390 BUNIT WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),
0 LST 060003 (Tower R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),
WCDM TMASU Mounte R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)
A, BUNIT d
BTS390 Amplifi Unit: None
0 LTE, er) Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,
BTS590 Same R0F, R0G, R0H
0, Band Default Value: R0A(R0A)
BTS590 Antenna
0 Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 227


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

GAIN BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the gain of the TMA subunit. If
0, TMASU 210601 ion with this parameter is set to 255, it is invalid and the actual
BTS390 BUNIT WRFD- TMA gain is not changed.
0 LST 060003 (Tower GUI Value Range: 0~255
WCDM TMASU Mounte
A, d Unit: 0.25dB
BUNIT
BTS390 Amplifi Actual Value Range: 0~63.75, step:0.25
0 LTE, er) Default Value: 255
BTS590 Same
0, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

RXNO BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the number of the RX channel of
0, RXBRA 210601 ion with the RRU or RFU.
BTS390 NCH MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~63
0 LST 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
RXBRA WRFD-
A, NCH d Actual Value Range: 0~63
BTS390 060003 Amplifi
MOD Default Value: None
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 RXBRA
NCH Remote
0, Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 228


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

RXSW BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the logical switch of the RX
0, RXBRA 210601 ion with channel of the RRU or RFU, which can be set to ON
BTS390 NCH MRFD- TMA or OFF. ON indicates that the logical switch of the RX
0 DSP 210602 (Tower channel is set to on and OFF indicates that the logical
WCDM RXBRA Mounte switch of the RX channel is set to off. This parameter
A, WRFD- d is set to ON by default. The switch can be set by
NCH 060003
BTS390 Amplifi running the MOD RXBRANCH command.
0 LTE, LST er)
RXBRA GUI Value Range: ON(ON), OFF(OFF)
BTS590 Remote
0, NCH Unit: None
Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt Actual Value Range: ON, OFF
0 Default Value: ON(ON)
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

ATTEN BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the attenuation of the RX channel
0, RXBRA 210601 ion with of the RRU or RFU.
BTS390 NCH MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~60
0 DSP 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: 0.5dB
RXBRA WRFD-
A, NCH d Actual Value Range: 0~30, step:0.5
BTS390 060003 Amplifi
LST Default Value: 0
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 RXBRA
NCH Remote
0, Electrica
BTS590 l Tilt
0
WCDM Same
A, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 LTE Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 229


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DEVIC BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device number of the TMA.
ENO 0, TMADE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: None
060003
WCDM LST Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~125
A, TMADE d Default Value: None
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE, ATA er)
BTS590 Same
0, MOD
TMADE Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 VICED
ATA Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

SUBUN BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the number of the TMA subunit,
ITNO 0, TMADE 210601 ion with which starts from 1.
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 1~8
0 ATA 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
LST
A, TMADE d Actual Value Range: 1~8
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Default Value: None
0 LTE, ATA er)
BTS590 Same
0, MOD
TMADE Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 VICED
ATA Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 230


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

MODEL BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the model of the RET antenna
NO 0, TMADE 210601 ion with connected to the TMA.
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~15 characters
0 ATA 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
DSP
A, TMADE d Actual Value Range: 0~15 characters
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE, ATA er)
BTS590 Same
0, LST
TMADE Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 VICED
ATA Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

SERIAL BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the ALD.
NO 0, TMADE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~17 characters
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: None
060003
WCDM DSP Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~17 characters
A, TMADE d Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE, ATA er)
BTS590 Same
0, LST
TMADE Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 VICED
ATA Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 231


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BAND1 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates band 1 supported by the antenna.
0, TMADE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
0 ATA 060003 (Tower Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
WCDM LST Mounte Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
A, TMADE d Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
0 LTE, ATA er) Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
BTS590 Same Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
0, Band Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
BTS590 Antenna Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
0 Sharing Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
WCDM Unit Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
A, (900Mh Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
BTS590 z) Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
0 LTE
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

BEAM BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 1.
WIDTH 0, TMADE 210601 ion with Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
1 BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA 060003 (Tower measure the antenna pattern.
WCDM LST Mounte GUI Value Range: 0~359
A, TMADE d
BTS390 Amplifi Unit: degree
VICED
0 LTE, ATA er) Actual Value Range: 0~359
BTS590 Same Default Value: 0
0, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 232


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

GAIN1 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 1.
0, TMADE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~255
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: 0.1dBi
060003
WCDM LST Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
A, TMADE d Default Value: 0
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE, ATA er)
BTS590 Same
0, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

BAND2 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates band 2 supported by the antenna.
0, TMADE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
0 ATA 060003 (Tower Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
WCDM LST Mounte Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
A, TMADE d Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
0 LTE, ATA er) Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
BTS590 Same Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
0, Band Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
BTS590 Antenna Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
0 Sharing Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
WCDM Unit Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
A, (900Mh Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
BTS590 z) Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
0 LTE
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 233


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BEAM BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 2.
WIDTH 0, TMADE 210601 ion with Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
2 BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA 060003 (Tower measure the antenna pattern.
WCDM LST Mounte GUI Value Range: 0~359
A, TMADE d
BTS390 Amplifi Unit: degree
VICED
0 LTE, ATA er) Actual Value Range: 0~359
BTS590 Same Default Value: 0
0, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

GAIN2 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 2.
0, TMADE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~255
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: 0.1dBi
060003
WCDM LST Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
A, TMADE d Default Value: 0
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE, ATA er)
BTS590 Same
0, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 234


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BAND3 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates band 3 supported by the antenna.
0, TMADE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
0 ATA 060003 (Tower Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
WCDM LST Mounte Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
A, TMADE d Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
0 LTE, ATA er) Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
BTS590 Same Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
0, Band Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
BTS590 Antenna Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
0 Sharing Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
WCDM Unit Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
A, (900Mh Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
BTS590 z) Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
0 LTE
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

BEAM BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 3.
WIDTH 0, TMADE 210601 ion with Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
3 BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA 060003 (Tower measure the antenna pattern.
WCDM LST Mounte GUI Value Range: 0~359
A, TMADE d
BTS390 Amplifi Unit: degree
VICED
0 LTE, ATA er) Actual Value Range: 0~359
BTS590 Same Default Value: 0
0, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 235


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

GAIN3 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 3.
0, TMADE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~255
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: 0.1dBi
060003
WCDM LST Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
A, TMADE d Default Value: 0
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE, ATA er)
BTS590 Same
0, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

BAND4 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates band 4 supported by the antenna.
0, TMADE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
0 ATA 060003 (Tower Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
WCDM LST Mounte Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
A, TMADE d Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
0 LTE, ATA er) Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
BTS590 Same Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
0, Band Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
BTS590 Antenna Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
0 Sharing Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
WCDM Unit Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
A, (900Mh Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
BTS590 z) Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
0 LTE
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 236


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BEAM BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 4.
WIDTH 0, TMADE 210601 ion with Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
4 BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA 060003 (Tower measure the antenna pattern.
WCDM LST Mounte GUI Value Range: 0~359
A, TMADE d
BTS390 Amplifi Unit: degree
VICED
0 LTE, ATA er) Actual Value Range: 0~359
BTS590 Same Default Value: 0
0, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

GAIN4 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 4.
0, TMADE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~255
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: 0.1dBi
060003
WCDM LST Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
A, TMADE d Default Value: 0
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE, ATA er)
BTS590 Same
0, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 237


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DATE BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the date when the antenna is
0, TMADE 210601 ion with installed.
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~6 characters
0 ATA 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
DSP
A, TMADE d Actual Value Range: 0~6 characters
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE, ATA er)
BTS590 Same
0, LST
TMADE Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 VICED
ATA Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

INSTAL BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the ID of the installation
LERID 0, TMADE 210601 ion with technician who installed the antenna.
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~5 characters
0 ATA 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
DSP
A, TMADE d Actual Value Range: 0~5 characters
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE, ATA er)
BTS590 Same
0, LST
TMADE Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 VICED
ATA Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 238


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BSID BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the base station ID. AISG1.1-
0, TMADE 210601 ion with based TMA support a maximum base station ID
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA length of 12 characters. If the input base station ID has
0 ATA 060003 (Tower more than 12 characters, only the first 12 characters
WCDM DSP Mounte are saved on the TMA.
A, TMADE d GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE, er) Unit: None
ATA
BTS590 Same Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters
0, LST
TMADE Band Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS590 Antenna
0 VICED
ATA Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

SECTO BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the AISG sector ID. AISG1.1-
RID 0, TMADE 210601 ion with based TMA support a maximum sector ID length of 4
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA characters. If the input sector ID has more than 4
0 ATA 060003 (Tower characters, only the first 4 characters are saved on the
WCDM DSP Mounte TMA.
A, TMADE d GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE, er) Unit: None
ATA
BTS590 Same Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters
0, LST
TMADE Band Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS590 Antenna
0 VICED
ATA Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 239


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BEARI BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the antenna azimuth.
NG 0, TMADE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~359
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: degree
060003
WCDM DSP Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~359
A, TMADE d Default Value: 0
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE, ATA er)
BTS590 Same
0, LST
TMADE Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 VICED
ATA Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

TILT BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the mechanical tilt of the
0, TMADE 210601 ion with installation.
BTS390 VICED WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: -100~300
0 ATA 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: 0.1degree
DSP
A, TMADE d Actual Value Range: -10~30, step:0.1
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Default Value: 0
0 LTE, ATA er)
BTS590 Same
0, LST
TMADE Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 VICED
ATA Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 240


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DEVIC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device number of the ALD.
ENO 0, SASU 210601 ion with The device number of the ALD must be unique.
BTS390 CLB WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~125
0 ALD 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
A, DLD d Actual Value Range: 0~125
BTS590 ALDCF Amplifi
GDATA Default Value: None
0, er)
BTS590 DLD Same
0 ALDSW Band
WCDM DSP Antenna
A ALDVE Sharing
R Unit
DSP (900Mh
SASU z)
LST
SASU
MOD
SASU
RMV
SASU
RST
ALD

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 241


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DEVIC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device name of the ALD,
ENAME 0, SASU 210601 ion with which identifies the ALD. It is recommended that you
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA set the device name in the following format:
0 SASU 060003 (Tower sector_device type_network type. The meanings of the
WCDM Mounte parts are as follows: Sector: indicates the number of
A, DSP d the sector. Device type: indicates the type of currently
BTS590 ALDVE Amplifi connected device. It can be SINGLE_RET (Single-
0, R er) antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), MULTI_RET
BTS590 DSP Same (Multi-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), TMA
0 RAEDE Band (Tower-mounted Amplifier), SASU (Same-band
WCDM VICED Antenna Antenna Sharing Unit), RAE (Remote eAntenna
A ATA Sharing Extension), RVD(Remote Vendor Defined Antenna
DSP Unit Line Device), or RAS(Remote Azimuth Steering
RAEFU (900Mh Unit). Network type: indicates whether the current
NCTIO z) ALD is used for a 2G network or 3G/LTE network.
N The device name is optional, but the device name
configured for each ALD must be unique.
DSP
RAESU GUI Value Range: 0~83 characters
BUNIT Unit: None
DSP Actual Value Range: 0~83 characters
RASDE Default Value: NULL(empty string)
VICED
ATA
DSP
RASSU
BUNIT
DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RETSU
BUNIT
DSP
RVDDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RVDSU
BUNIT
DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 242


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DSP
TMASU
BUNIT
LST
SASU

CTRLC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
N 0, SASU 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~62
0 ALDCF 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
GDATA
A, d Actual Value Range: 0~62
BTS590 DLD Amplifi
ALDSW Default Value: 0
0, er)
BTS590 DLD Same
0 RETCF Band
WCDM GDATA Antenna
A DSP Sharing
ALDVE Unit
R (900Mh
MOD z)
SASU
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
SASU
LST
SASU

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 243


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CTRLS BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
RN 0, SASU 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~254
0 ALDCF 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
GDATA
A, d Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~254
BTS590 DLD Amplifi
ALDSW Default Value: None
0, er)
BTS590 DLD Same
0 RETCF Band
WCDM GDATA Antenna
A DSP Sharing
ALDVE Unit
R (900Mh
MOD z)
SASU
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
SASU
LST
SASU

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 244


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CTRLS BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
N 0, SASU 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~8
0 ALDCF 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
GDATA
A, d Actual Value Range: 0~8
BTS590 DLD Amplifi
ALDSW Default Value: None
0, er)
BTS590 DLD Same
0 RETCF Band
WCDM GDATA Antenna
A DSP Sharing
ALDVE Unit
R (900Mh
MOD z)
SASU
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
SASU
LST
SASU

VENDO BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the vendor code.
RCODE 0, SASU 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~2 characters
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA
0 (Tower Unit: None
SASU 060003
WCDM Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~2 characters
A, LST d
SASU Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS590 Amplifi
0, er)
BTS590 Same
0 Band
WCDM Antenna
A Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 245


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SERIAL BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the ALD. The
NO 0, SASU 210601 ion with vendor code and the serial number uniquely identify
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA an ALD.
0 SASU 060003 (Tower GUI Value Range: 0~36 characters
WCDM Mounte
A, LST d Unit: None
BTS590 SASU Amplifi Actual Value Range: 0~36 characters
0, er) Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS590 Same
0 Band
WCDM Antenna
A Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

DEVIC BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the device number of the SASU.
ENO 0, SASUS GUI Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 UBUNI
0 T Unit: None
WCDM LST Actual Value Range: 0~125
A, SASUS Default Value: None
BTS590 UBUNI
0, T
BTS590
0 MOD
WCDM SASUS
A UBUNI
T

SUBUN BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the number of the subunit, which
ITNO 0, SASUS starts from 1.
BTS390 UBUNI GUI Value Range: 1~2
0 T
WCDM Unit: None
LST
A, SASUS Actual Value Range: 1~2
BTS590 UBUNI Default Value: None
0, T
BTS590
0 MOD
WCDM SASUS
A UBUNI
T

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 246


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CONNC BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
N 0, SASUS RFU to which the SASU subunit is connected.
BTS390 UBUNI GUI Value Range: 0~62,255
0 T
WCDM Unit: None
LST
A, SASUS Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
BTS590 UBUNI Default Value: 255
0, T
BTS590
0
WCDM
A

CONNS BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
RN 0, SASUS RFU to which the SASU subunit is connected.
BTS390 UBUNI GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255
0 T
WCDM Unit: None
LST
A, SASUS Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255
BTS590 UBUNI Default Value: 255
0, T
BTS590
0
WCDM
A

CONNS BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
N 0, SASUS RFU to which the SASU subunit is connected.
BTS390 UBUNI GUI Value Range: 0~8,255
0 T
WCDM Unit: None
LST
A, SASUS Actual Value Range: 0~8,255
BTS590 UBUNI Default Value: 255
0, T
BTS590
0
WCDM
A

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 247


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CONNP BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the number of the antenna port to
N 0, SASUS which the SASU subunit is connected.
BTS390 UBUNI GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),
0 T R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),
WCDM LST R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)
A, SASUS
BTS590 Unit: None
UBUNI
0, T Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,
BTS590 R0F, R0G, R0H
0 Default Value: R0A(R0A)
WCDM
A

BSGAI BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the gain on the GSM channel.
N 0, SASUS Uplink signals can be amplified by the SASU, and the
BTS390 UBUNI gain of the uplink signals is configurable. If this
0 T parameter is set to 65535, it is invalid and the actual
WCDM LST gain is not changed.
A, SASUS GUI Value Range: 0~12,65535
BTS590 UBUNI
0, Unit: dB
T
BTS590 Actual Value Range: 0~12,65535
0 Default Value: 65535
WCDM
A

UMTSG BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the gain on the UMTS channel.
AIN 0, SASUS Uplink signals can be amplified by the SASU, and the
BTS390 UBUNI gain of the uplink signals is configurable. If this
0 T parameter is set to 65535, it is invalid and the actual
WCDM LST gain is not changed.
A, SASUS GUI Value Range: 0~12,65535
BTS590 UBUNI
0, Unit: dB
T
BTS590 Actual Value Range: 0~12,65535
0 Default Value: 65535
WCDM
A

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 248


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SUBNA BTS390 MOD LBFD-0 Remote Meaning: Indicates the name of the RET subunit.The
ME 0, RETSU 01024 / Electrica name of the RET subunit is optional, but the name
BTS390 BUNIT TDLBF l Tilt configured for each RET subunit must be unique.
0 MOD D-00102 Control GUI Value Range: 0~49 characters
WCDM RETTIL 4/
A, MLBFD Unit: None
T
BTS390 -120004 Actual Value Range: 0~49 characters
0 LTE, DSP 21
RETDE Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS590
0, VICED
BTS590 ATA
0 DSP
WCDM RETSU
A, BUNIT
BTS590 LST
0 LTE RETSU
BUNIT

DEVIC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device number of the ALD.
ENO 0, RVD 210601 ion with The device number of the ALD must be unique.
BTS390 CLB WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~125
0 ALD 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
A, DLD d Actual Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 ALDCF Amplifi
GDATA Default Value: None
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 DLD Same
0, ALDSW Band
BTS590 DSP Antenna
0 ALDVE Sharing
WCDM R Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 DSP
RVD z)
0 LTE
LST
RVD
MOD
RVD
RMV
RVD
RST
ALD

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 249


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DEVIC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device name of the ALD,
ENAME 0, RVD 210601 ion with which identifies the ALD. It is recommended that you
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA set the device name in the following format:
0 RVD 060003 (Tower sector_device type_network type. The meanings of the
WCDM Mounte parts are as follows: Sector: indicates the number of
A, DSP d the sector. Device type: indicates the type of currently
BTS390 ALDVE Amplifi connected device. It can be SINGLE_RET (Single-
0 LTE, R er) antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), MULTI_RET
BTS590 DSP Same (Multi-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), TMA
0, RAEDE Band (Tower-mounted Amplifier), SASU (Same-band
BTS590 VICED Antenna Antenna Sharing Unit), RAE (Remote eAntenna
0 ATA Sharing Extension), RVD(Remote Vendor Defined Antenna
WCDM Unit Line Device), or RAS(Remote Azimuth Steering
A, DSP Unit). Network type: indicates whether the current
RAEFU (900Mh
BTS590 z) ALD is used for a 2G network or 3G/LTE network.
0 LTE NCTIO The device name is optional, but the device name
N configured for each ALD must be unique.
DSP GUI Value Range: 0~83 characters
RAESU
BUNIT Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~83 characters
DSP
RASDE Default Value: NULL(empty string)
VICED
ATA
DSP
RASSU
BUNIT
DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RETSU
BUNIT
DSP
RVD
DSP
RVDDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RVDSU
BUNIT
DSP
TMADE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 250


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

VICED
ATA
DSP
TMASU
BUNIT
LST
RVD

CTRLC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
N 0, RVD 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~62
0 ALDCF 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
GDATA
A, d Actual Value Range: 0~62
BTS390 DLD Amplifi
ALDSW Default Value: 0
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 DLD Same
0, RETCF Band
BTS590 GDATA Antenna
0 DSP Sharing
WCDM ALDVE Unit
A, R (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE MOD
RVD
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
RVD
LST
RVD

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 251


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CTRLS BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
RN 0, RVD 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~254
0 ALDCF 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
GDATA
A, d Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~254
BTS390 DLD Amplifi
ALDSW Default Value: None
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 DLD Same
0, RETCF Band
BTS590 GDATA Antenna
0 DSP Sharing
WCDM ALDVE Unit
A, R (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE MOD
RVD
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
RVD
LST
RVD

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 252


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CTRLS BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
N 0, RVD 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~8
0 ALDCF 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
GDATA
A, d Actual Value Range: 0~8
BTS390 DLD Amplifi
ALDSW Default Value: None
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 DLD Same
0, RETCF Band
BTS590 GDATA Antenna
0 DSP Sharing
WCDM ALDVE Unit
A, R (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE MOD
RVD
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
RVD
LST
RVD

SUBUN BTS390 ADD None None Meaning: Indicates the number of configured RVD
ITNUM 0, RVD subunits.
BTS390 MOD GUI Value Range: 1~8
0 RVD
WCDM Unit: None
A, LST Actual Value Range: 1~8
BTS390 RVD
Default Value: 1
0 LTE,
BTS590
0,
BTS590
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 253


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SCENA BTS390 ADD None None Meaning: Indicates the connection scenario of the
RIO 0, RVD antenna. This parameter must be set based on the
BTS390 MOD hardware installation. The vendor code and serial
0 RVD number of the device must be correctly configured in
WCDM a non-regular scenario. This parameter can be set to
A, LST REGULAR or DAISY_CHAIN.
BTS390 RVD
GUI Value Range: REGULAR(REGULAR),
0 LTE, DAISY_CHAIN(DAISY_CHAIN)
BTS590
0, Unit: None
BTS590 Actual Value Range: REGULAR, DAISY_CHAIN
0 Default Value: None
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

VENDO BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the vendor code.
RCODE 0, RVD 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~2 characters
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA
0 (Tower Unit: None
RVD 060003
WCDM Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~2 characters
A, LST d
RVD Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS390 Amplifi
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 Same
0, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 254


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SERIAL BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the ALD. The
NO 0, RVD 210601 ion with vendor code and the serial number uniquely identify
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA an ALD.
0 RVD 060003 (Tower GUI Value Range: 0~36 characters
WCDM Mounte
A, LST d Unit: None
BTS390 RVD Amplifi Actual Value Range: 0~36 characters
0 LTE, er) Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS590 Same
0, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

DEVIC BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the device number of the RVD.
ENO 0, RVDSU GUI Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 BUNIT
0 Unit: None
LST
WCDM RVDSU Actual Value Range: 0~125
A, BUNIT Default Value: None
BTS390
0 LTE, MOD
BTS590 RVDIN
0, FO
BTS590 MOD
0 RVDSU
WCDM BUNIT
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 255


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SUBUN BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the number of the RVD subunit,
ITNO 0, RVDSU which starts from 1.
BTS390 BUNIT GUI Value Range: 1~8
0 LST
WCDM Unit: None
RVDSU
A, BUNIT Actual Value Range: 1~8
BTS390 Default Value: None
0 LTE, MOD
BTS590 RVDSU
0, BUNIT
BTS590
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

SUBNA BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the name of the RVD subunit.The
ME 0, RVDIN name of the RVD subunit is optional, but the name
BTS390 FO configured for each RVD subunit must be unique.
0 MOD GUI Value Range: 0~49 characters
WCDM RVDSU
A, Unit: None
BUNIT
BTS390 Actual Value Range: 0~49 characters
0 LTE, DSP
RVDDE Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS590
0, VICED
BTS590 ATA
0 DSP
WCDM RVDSU
A, BUNIT
BTS590 LST
0 LTE RVDSU
BUNIT

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 256


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CONNC BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
N1 0, RVDSU RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
BTS390 BUNIT GUI Value Range: 0~62,255
0 LST
WCDM Unit: None
RVDSU
A, BUNIT Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
BTS390 Default Value: 255
0 LTE,
BTS590
0,
BTS590
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

CONNS BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
RN1 0, RVDSU RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
BTS390 BUNIT GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255
0 LST
WCDM Unit: None
RVDSU
A, BUNIT Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255
BTS390 Default Value: 255
0 LTE,
BTS590
0,
BTS590
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 257


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CONNS BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
N1 0, RVDSU RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
BTS390 BUNIT GUI Value Range: 0~8,255
0 LST
WCDM Unit: None
RVDSU
A, BUNIT Actual Value Range: 0~8,255
BTS390 Default Value: 255
0 LTE,
BTS590
0,
BTS590
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

CONNP BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the port number of the RRU or
N1 0, RVDSU RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
BTS390 BUNIT GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),
0 LST R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),
WCDM RVDSU R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)
A, BUNIT
BTS390 Unit: None
0 LTE, Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,
BTS590 R0F, R0G, R0H
0, Default Value: R0A(R0A)
BTS590
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 258


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CONNC BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
N2 0, RVDSU RFU that is connected to antenna port 2. This
BTS390 BUNIT parameter is valid when a dual-polarized antenna is
0 LST used.
WCDM RVDSU GUI Value Range: 0~62,255
A, BUNIT
BTS390 Unit: None
0 LTE, Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
BTS590 Default Value: 255
0,
BTS590
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

CONNS BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
RN2 0, RVDSU RFU that is connected to antenna port 2. This
BTS390 BUNIT parameter is valid when a dual-polarized antenna is
0 LST used.
WCDM RVDSU GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255
A, BUNIT
BTS390 Unit: None
0 LTE, Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255
BTS590 Default Value: 255
0,
BTS590
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 259


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CONNS BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
N2 0, RVDSU RFU that is connected to antenna port 2. This
BTS390 BUNIT parameter is valid when a dual-polarized antenna is
0 LST used.
WCDM RVDSU GUI Value Range: 0~8,255
A, BUNIT
BTS390 Unit: None
0 LTE, Actual Value Range: 0~8,255
BTS590 Default Value: 255
0,
BTS590
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

CONNP BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the port number of RRU or RFU
N2 0, RVDSU that is connected to antenna port 2. This parameter is
BTS390 BUNIT valid when a dual-polarized antenna is used.
0 LST GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),
WCDM RVDSU R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),
A, BUNIT R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)
BTS390
0 LTE, Unit: None
BTS590 Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,
0, R0F, R0G, R0H
BTS590 Default Value: R0B(R0B)
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 260


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

VBEA BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the vertical beamwidth of RVD
MWIDT 0, RVDIN subunit.
H BTS390 FO GUI Value Range: 0~3599
0 MOD
WCDM Unit: 0.1degree
RVDSU
A, BUNIT Actual Value Range: 0~359.9, step:0.1
BTS390 Default Value: 0
0 LTE, LST
BTS590 RVDSU
0, BUNIT
BTS590
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

DEVIC BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the device number of the RVD.
ENO 0, RVDDE GUI Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 VICED
0 ATA Unit: None
WCDM LST Actual Value Range: 0~125
A, RVDDE Default Value: None
BTS390 VICED
0 LTE, ATA
BTS590
0, MOD
BTS590 RVDDE
0 VICED
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 261


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SUBUN BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the number of the RVD subunit,
ITNO 0, RVDDE which starts from 1.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 1~8
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: None
LST
A, RVDDE Actual Value Range: 1~8
BTS390 VICED Default Value: None
0 LTE, ATA
BTS590
0, MOD
BTS590 RVDDE
0 VICED
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

MODEL BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the model of the RVD antenna
NO 0, RVDDE module.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 0~15 characters
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
A, RVDDE Actual Value Range: 0~15 characters
BTS390 VICED Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE, ATA
BTS590
0, LST
BTS590 RVDDE
0 VICED
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 262


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SERIAL BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the RVD
NO 0, RVDDE antenna module.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 0~17 characters
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
A, RVDDE Actual Value Range: 0~17 characters
BTS390 VICED Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE, ATA
BTS590
0, LST
BTS590 RVDDE
0 VICED
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

BAND1 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates band 1 supported by the antenna.
0, RVDDE GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
BTS390 VICED Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
0 ATA Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
WCDM LST Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
A, RVDDE Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
BTS390 VICED Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
0 LTE, ATA Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
BTS590 Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
0, Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
BTS590 Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
0 Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
WCDM Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
A, Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
BTS590 Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
0 LTE
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 263


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BEAM BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 1.
WIDTH 0, RVDDE Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
1 BTS390 VICED antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA measure the antenna pattern.
WCDM LST GUI Value Range: 0~359
A, RVDDE
BTS390 Unit: degree
VICED
0 LTE, ATA Actual Value Range: 0~359
BTS590 Default Value: 0
0,
BTS590
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

GAIN1 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 1.
0, RVDDE GUI Value Range: 0~255
BTS390 VICED
0 ATA Unit: 0.1dBi
WCDM LST Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
A, RVDDE Default Value: 0
BTS390 VICED
0 LTE, ATA
BTS590
0,
BTS590
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 264


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BAND2 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates band 2 supported by the antenna.
0, RVDDE GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
BTS390 VICED Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
0 ATA Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
WCDM LST Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
A, RVDDE Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
BTS390 VICED Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
0 LTE, ATA Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
BTS590 Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
0, Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
BTS590 Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
0 Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
WCDM Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
A, Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
BTS590 Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
0 LTE
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

BEAM BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 2.
WIDTH 0, RVDDE Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
2 BTS390 VICED antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA measure the antenna pattern.
WCDM DSP GUI Value Range: 0~359
A, RVDDE
BTS390 Unit: degree
VICED
0 LTE, ATA Actual Value Range: 0~359
BTS590 Default Value: 0
0, LST
BTS590 RVDDE
0 VICED
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 265


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

GAIN2 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 2.
0, RVDDE GUI Value Range: 0~255
BTS390 VICED
0 ATA Unit: 0.1dBi
WCDM LST Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
A, RVDDE Default Value: 0
BTS390 VICED
0 LTE, ATA
BTS590
0,
BTS590
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

BAND3 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates band 3 supported by the antenna.
0, RVDDE GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
BTS390 VICED Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
0 ATA Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
WCDM LST Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
A, RVDDE Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
BTS390 VICED Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
0 LTE, ATA Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
BTS590 Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
0, Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
BTS590 Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
0 Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
WCDM Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
A, Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
BTS590 Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
0 LTE
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 266


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BEAM BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 3.
WIDTH 0, RVDDE Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
3 BTS390 VICED antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA measure the antenna pattern.
WCDM LST GUI Value Range: 0~359
A, RVDDE
BTS390 Unit: degree
VICED
0 LTE, ATA Actual Value Range: 0~359
BTS590 Default Value: 0
0,
BTS590
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

GAIN3 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 3.
0, RVDDE GUI Value Range: 0~255
BTS390 VICED
0 ATA Unit: 0.1dBi
WCDM LST Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
A, RVDDE Default Value: 0
BTS390 VICED
0 LTE, ATA
BTS590
0,
BTS590
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 267


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BAND4 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates band 4 supported by the antenna.
0, RVDDE GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
BTS390 VICED Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
0 ATA Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
WCDM LST Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
A, RVDDE Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
BTS390 VICED Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
0 LTE, ATA Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
BTS590 Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
0, Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
BTS590 Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
0 Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
WCDM Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
A, Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
BTS590 Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
0 LTE
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

BEAM BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 4.
WIDTH 0, RVDDE Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
4 BTS390 VICED antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA measure the antenna pattern.
WCDM LST GUI Value Range: 0~359
A, RVDDE
BTS390 Unit: degree
VICED
0 LTE, ATA Actual Value Range: 0~359
BTS590 Default Value: 0
0,
BTS590
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 268


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

GAIN4 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 4.
0, RVDDE GUI Value Range: 0~255
BTS390 VICED
0 ATA Unit: 0.1dBi
WCDM LST Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
A, RVDDE Default Value: 0
BTS390 VICED
0 LTE, ATA
BTS590
0,
BTS590
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

DATE BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the date when the antenna is
0, RVDDE installed.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 0~6 characters
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
A, RVDDE Actual Value Range: 0~6 characters
BTS390 VICED Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE, ATA
BTS590
0, LST
BTS590 RVDDE
0 VICED
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 269


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

INSTAL BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the ID of the installation
LERID 0, RVDDE technician who installed the antenna.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 0~5 characters
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
A, RVDDE Actual Value Range: 0~5 characters
BTS390 VICED Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE, ATA
BTS590
0, LST
BTS590 RVDDE
0 VICED
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

BSID BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the base station ID. AISG1.1-
0, RVDDE based RVD antennas support a maximum length of 12
BTS390 VICED characters for the base station ID. If the input base
0 ATA station ID has more than 12 characters, only the first
WCDM DSP 12 characters are saved on the RVD antenna.
A, RVDDE GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters
BTS390 VICED
0 LTE, Unit: None
ATA
BTS590 Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters
0, LST
RVDDE Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS590
0 VICED
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 270


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SECTO BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the AISG sector ID. AISG1.1-
RID 0, RVDDE based RVD antennas support a maximum sector ID
BTS390 VICED length of 4 characters. If the input sector ID has more
0 ATA than 4 characters, only the first 4 characters are saved
WCDM DSP on the RVD antenna.
A, RVDDE GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters
BTS390 VICED
0 LTE, Unit: None
ATA
BTS590 Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters
0, LST
RVDDE Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS590
0 VICED
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

BEARI BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the antenna azimuth.
NG 0, RVDDE GUI Value Range: 0~359
BTS390 VICED
0 ATA Unit: degree
WCDM DSP Actual Value Range: 0~359
A, RVDDE Default Value: 0
BTS390 VICED
0 LTE, ATA
BTS590
0, LST
BTS590 RVDDE
0 VICED
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 271


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

TILT BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the mechanical tilt of the
0, RVDDE installation.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: -100~300
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: 0.1degree
DSP
A, RVDDE Actual Value Range: -10~30, step:0.1
BTS390 VICED Default Value: 0
0 LTE, ATA
BTS590
0, LST
BTS590 RVDDE
0 VICED
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

DEVIC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device number of the ALD.
ENO 0, RAE 210601 ion with The device number of the ALD must be unique.
BTS390 CLB WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~125
0 ALD 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
A, DLD d Actual Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 ALDCF Amplifi
GDATA Default Value: None
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 DLD Same
0, ALDSW Band
BTS590 DSP Antenna
0 ALDVE Sharing
WCDM R Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 DSP
RAE z)
0 LTE
LST
RAE
MOD
RAE
RMV
RAE
RST
ALD

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 272


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DEVIC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device name of the ALD,
ENAME 0, RAE 210601 ion with which identifies the ALD. It is recommended that you
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA set the device name in the following format:
0 RAE 060003 (Tower sector_device type_network type. The meanings of the
WCDM Mounte parts are as follows: Sector: indicates the number of
A, DSP d the sector. Device type: indicates the type of currently
BTS390 ALDVE Amplifi connected device. It can be SINGLE_RET (Single-
0 LTE, R er) antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), MULTI_RET
BTS590 DSP Same (Multi-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), TMA
0, RAE Band (Tower-mounted Amplifier), SASU (Same-band
BTS590 Antenna Antenna Sharing Unit), RAE (Remote eAntenna
0 DSP Extension), RVD(Remote Vendor Defined Antenna
RAEDE Sharing
WCDM Unit Line Device), or RAS(Remote Azimuth Steering
A, VICED Unit). Network type: indicates whether the current
ATA (900Mh
BTS590 z) ALD is used for a 2G network or 3G/LTE network.
0 LTE DSP The device name is optional, but the device name
RAEFU configured for each ALD must be unique.
NCTIO GUI Value Range: 0~83 characters
N
Unit: None
DSP
Actual Value Range: 0~83 characters
RAESU
BUNIT Default Value: NULL(empty string)
DSP
RASDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RASSU
BUNIT
DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RETSU
BUNIT
DSP
RVDDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RVDSU
BUNIT
DSP
TMADE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 273


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

VICED
ATA
DSP
TMASU
BUNIT
LST
RAE

CTRLC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
N 0, RAE 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~62
0 ALDCF 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
GDATA
A, d Actual Value Range: 0~62
BTS390 DLD Amplifi
ALDSW Default Value: 0
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 DLD Same
0, RETCF Band
BTS590 GDATA Antenna
0 DSP Sharing
WCDM ALDVE Unit
A, R (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE MOD
RAE
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
RAE
LST
RAE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 274


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CTRLS BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
RN 0, RAE 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~254
0 ALDCF 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
GDATA
A, d Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~254
BTS390 DLD Amplifi
ALDSW Default Value: None
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 DLD Same
0, RETCF Band
BTS590 GDATA Antenna
0 DSP Sharing
WCDM ALDVE Unit
A, R (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE MOD
RAE
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
RAE
LST
RAE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 275


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CTRLS BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
N 0, RAE 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~8
0 ALDCF 060003 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
GDATA
A, d Actual Value Range: 0~8
BTS390 DLD Amplifi
ALDSW Default Value: None
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 DLD Same
0, RETCF Band
BTS590 GDATA Antenna
0 DSP Sharing
WCDM ALDVE Unit
A, R (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE MOD
RAE
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
RAE
LST
RAE

SUBUN BTS390 ADD None None Meaning: Indicates the number of configured RAE
ITNUM 0, RAE subunits.
BTS390 MOD GUI Value Range: 1~6
0 RAE
WCDM Unit: None
A, LST Actual Value Range: 1~6
BTS390 RAE
Default Value: 1
0 LTE,
BTS590
0,
BTS590
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 276


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SCENA BTS390 ADD None None Meaning: Indicates the connection scenario of the
RIO 0, RAE antenna. This parameter must be set based on the
BTS390 MOD hardware installation. The vendor code and serial
0 RAE number of the device must be correctly configured in
WCDM a non-regular scenario. This parameter can be set to
A, LST REGULAR or DAISY_CHAIN.
BTS390 RAE
GUI Value Range: REGULAR(REGULAR),
0 LTE, DAISY_CHAIN(DAISY_CHAIN)
BTS590
0, Unit: None
BTS590 Actual Value Range: REGULAR, DAISY_CHAIN
0 Default Value: None
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

VENDO BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the vendor code.
RCODE 0, RAE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~2 characters
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA
0 (Tower Unit: None
RAE 060003
WCDM Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~2 characters
A, LST d
RAE Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS390 Amplifi
0 LTE, er)
BTS590 Same
0, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 277


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SERIAL BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the ALD. The
NO 0, RAE 210601 ion with vendor code and the serial number uniquely identify
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA an ALD.
0 RAE 060003 (Tower GUI Value Range: 0~36 characters
WCDM Mounte
A, LST d Unit: None
BTS390 RAE Amplifi Actual Value Range: 0~36 characters
0 LTE, er) Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS590 Same
0, Band
BTS590 Antenna
0 Sharing
WCDM Unit
A, (900Mh
BTS590 z)
0 LTE

DEVIC BTS390 DLD None None Meaning: Indicates the device number of the RAE.
ENO 0, RAEFIL GUI Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 E
0 Unit: None
DSP
WCDM RAEFIL Actual Value Range: 0~125
A, E Default Value: None
BTS390
0 LTE, DSP
BTS590 RAEFU
0, NCTIO
BTS590 N
0 DSP
WCDM RAESU
A, BUNIT
BTS590 DSP
0 LTE RAEWE
IGHT
LST
RAESU
BUNIT
MOD
RAESU
BUNIT
RST
RAEFIL
E
ULD
RAEFIL
E

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 278


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SUBUN BTS390 DLD None None Meaning: Indicates the number of the RAE subunit,
ITNO 0, RAEFIL which starts from 1.
BTS390 E GUI Value Range: 1~6
0 DSP
WCDM Unit: None
RAEFIL
A, E Actual Value Range: 1~6
BTS390 Default Value: None
0 LTE, DSP
BTS590 RAEFU
0, NCTIO
BTS590 N
0 DSP
WCDM RAESU
A, BUNIT
BTS590 DSP
0 LTE RAEWE
IGHT
LST
RAESU
BUNIT
MOD
RAESU
BUNIT
RST
RAEFIL
E
ULD
RAEFIL
E

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 279


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SUBNA BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the name of the RAE subunit. The
ME 0, RAESU name of the RAE subunit is optional, but the name
BTS390 BUNIT configured for each RAE subunit must be unique.
0 DSP GUI Value Range: 0~49 characters
WCDM RAEDE
A, Unit: None
VICED
BTS390 ATA Actual Value Range: 0~49 characters
0 LTE, Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS590 DSP
0, RAEFIL
BTS590 E
0 DSP
WCDM RAEFU
A, NCTIO
BTS590 N
0 LTE DSP
RAESU
BUNIT
DSP
RAEWE
IGHT
LST
RAESU
BUNIT

CONNC BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
N 0, RAESU RFU that provides the antenna port to which the RAE
BTS390 BUNIT subunit is connected.
0 LST GUI Value Range: 0~62,255
WCDM RAESU
A, Unit: None
BUNIT
BTS390 Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
0 LTE, Default Value: 255
BTS590
0,
BTS590
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 280


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CONNS BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
RN 0, RAESU RFU that provides the antenna port to which the RAE
BTS390 BUNIT subunit is connected.
0 LST GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255
WCDM RAESU
A, Unit: None
BUNIT
BTS390 Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255
0 LTE, Default Value: 255
BTS590
0,
BTS590
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

CONNS BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
N 0, RAESU RFU that provides the antenna port to which the RAE
BTS390 BUNIT subunit is connected.
0 LST GUI Value Range: 0~8,255
WCDM RAESU
A, Unit: None
BUNIT
BTS390 Actual Value Range: 0~8,255
0 LTE, Default Value: 255
BTS590
0,
BTS590
0
WCDM
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 281


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DEVIC BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the device number of the RAE.
ENO 0, RAEDE GUI Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 VICED
0 ATA Unit: None
WCDM LST Actual Value Range: 0~125
A, RAEDE Default Value: None
BTS390 VICED
0 LTE, ATA
BTS590
0, MOD
BTS590 RAEDE
0 VICED
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

SUBUN BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the number of the RAE subunit,
ITNO 0, RAEDE which starts from 1.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 1~6
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: None
LST
A, RAEDE Actual Value Range: 1~6
BTS390 VICED Default Value: None
0 LTE, ATA
BTS590
0, MOD
BTS590 RAEDE
0 VICED
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 282


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

MODEL BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the model of the RAE antenna
NO 0, RAEDE module.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 0~15 characters
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
A, RAEDE Actual Value Range: 0~15 characters
BTS390 VICED Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE, ATA
BTS590
0, LST
BTS590 RAEDE
0 VICED
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

SERIAL BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the RAE
NO 0, RAEDE antenna module.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 0~17 characters
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
A, RAEDE Actual Value Range: 0~17 characters
BTS390 VICED Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE, ATA
BTS590
0, LST
BTS590 RAEDE
0 VICED
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 283


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BAND1 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates band 1 supported by the antenna.
0, RAEDE NULL indicates that the band is not configured or the
BTS390 VICED band fails to be obtained.
0 ATA GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
WCDM DSP Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
A, RAEDE Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
BTS390 VICED Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
0 LTE, ATA Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
BTS590 Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
0, LST
RAEDE Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
BTS590 Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
0 VICED
ATA Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
WCDM Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
A, Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
BTS590 Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
0 LTE Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

BEAM BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 1.
WIDTH 0, RAEDE Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
1 BTS390 VICED antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA measure the antenna pattern. NULL indicates that the
WCDM DSP beamwidth is not configured or the beamwidth fails to
A, RAEDE be obtained.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 0~359
0 LTE, ATA
BTS590 Unit: degree
0, LST Actual Value Range: 0~359
BTS590 RAEDE
VICED Default Value: 0
0
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 284


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

GAIN1 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 1. NULL
0, RAEDE indicates that the gain is not configured or the gain
BTS390 VICED fails to be obtained.
0 ATA GUI Value Range: 0~255
WCDM DSP
A, Unit: 0.1dBi
RAEDE
BTS390 VICED Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
0 LTE, ATA Default Value: 0
BTS590
0, LST
BTS590 RAEDE
0 VICED
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

BAND2 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates band 2 supported by the antenna.
0, RAEDE NULL indicates that the band is not configured or the
BTS390 VICED band fails to be obtained.
0 ATA GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
WCDM DSP Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
A, RAEDE Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
BTS390 VICED Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
0 LTE, ATA Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
BTS590 Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
0, LST
RAEDE Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
BTS590 Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
0 VICED
ATA Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
WCDM Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
A, Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
BTS590 Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
0 LTE Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 285


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BEAM BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 2.
WIDTH 0, RAEDE Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
2 BTS390 VICED antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA measure the antenna pattern. NULL indicates that the
WCDM DSP beamwidth is not configured or the beamwidth fails to
A, RAEDE be obtained.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 0~359
0 LTE, ATA
BTS590 Unit: degree
0, LST Actual Value Range: 0~359
BTS590 RAEDE
VICED Default Value: 0
0
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

GAIN2 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 2. NULL
0, RAEDE indicates that the gain is not configured or the gain
BTS390 VICED fails to be obtained.
0 ATA GUI Value Range: 0~255
WCDM DSP
A, Unit: 0.1dBi
RAEDE
BTS390 VICED Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
0 LTE, ATA Default Value: 0
BTS590
0, LST
BTS590 RAEDE
0 VICED
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 286


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BAND3 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates band 3 supported by the antenna.
0, RAEDE NULL indicates that the band is not configured or the
BTS390 VICED band fails to be obtained.
0 ATA GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
WCDM DSP Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
A, RAEDE Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
BTS390 VICED Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
0 LTE, ATA Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
BTS590 Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
0, LST
RAEDE Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
BTS590 Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
0 VICED
ATA Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
WCDM Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
A, Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
BTS590 Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
0 LTE Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

BEAM BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 3.
WIDTH 0, RAEDE Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
3 BTS390 VICED antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA measure the antenna pattern. NULL indicates that the
WCDM DSP beamwidth is not configured or the beamwidth fails to
A, RAEDE be obtained.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 0~359
0 LTE, ATA
BTS590 Unit: degree
0, LST Actual Value Range: 0~359
BTS590 RAEDE
VICED Default Value: 0
0
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 287


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

GAIN3 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 3. NULL
0, RAEDE indicates that the gain is not configured or the gain
BTS390 VICED fails to be obtained.
0 ATA GUI Value Range: 0~255
WCDM DSP
A, Unit: 0.1dBi
RAEDE
BTS390 VICED Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
0 LTE, ATA Default Value: 0
BTS590
0, LST
BTS590 RAEDE
0 VICED
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

BAND4 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates band 4 supported by the antenna.
0, RAEDE NULL indicates that the band is not configured or the
BTS390 VICED band fails to be obtained.
0 ATA GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
WCDM DSP Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
A, RAEDE Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
BTS390 VICED Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
0 LTE, ATA Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
BTS590 Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
0, LST
RAEDE Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
BTS590 Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
0 VICED
ATA Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
WCDM Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
A, Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
BTS590 Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
0 LTE Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 288


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BEAM BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 4.
WIDTH 0, RAEDE Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
4 BTS390 VICED antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA measure the antenna pattern. NULL indicates that the
WCDM DSP beamwidth is not configured or the beamwidth fails to
A, RAEDE be obtained.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 0~359
0 LTE, ATA
BTS590 Unit: degree
0, LST Actual Value Range: 0~359
BTS590 RAEDE
VICED Default Value: 0
0
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

GAIN4 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 4. NULL
0, RAEDE indicates that the gain is not configured or the gain
BTS390 VICED fails to be obtained.
0 ATA GUI Value Range: 0~255
WCDM DSP
A, Unit: 0.1dBi
RAEDE
BTS390 VICED Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
0 LTE, ATA Default Value: 0
BTS590
0, LST
BTS590 RAEDE
0 VICED
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 289


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DATE BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the date when the antenna is
0, RAEDE installed.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 0~6 characters
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
A, RAEDE Actual Value Range: 0~6 characters
BTS390 VICED Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE, ATA
BTS590
0, LST
BTS590 RAEDE
0 VICED
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

INSTAL BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the ID of the installation
LERID 0, RAEDE technician who installed the antenna.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 0~5 characters
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
A, RAEDE Actual Value Range: 0~5 characters
BTS390 VICED Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE, ATA
BTS590
0, LST
BTS590 RAEDE
0 VICED
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 290


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

BSID BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the base station ID.
0, RAEDE GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters
BTS390 VICED
0 ATA Unit: None
WCDM DSP Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters
A, RAEDE Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS390 VICED
0 LTE, ATA
BTS590
0, LST
BTS590 RAEDE
0 VICED
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

SECTO BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the AISG sector ID.
RID 0, RAEDE GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters
BTS390 VICED
0 ATA Unit: None
WCDM DSP Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters
A, RAEDE Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS390 VICED
0 LTE, ATA
BTS590
0, LST
BTS590 RAEDE
0 VICED
WCDM ATA
A,
BTS590
0 LTE

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 291


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 12 Counters

12 Counters

There are no specific counters associated with this feature.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 292


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 13 Glossary

13 Glossary

For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see the Glossary.

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 293


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 14 Reference Documents

14 Reference Documents

1. 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide


2. 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Commissioning Guide
3. RRU Hardware Description
4. AAU Hardware Description
5. AISU User Manual

Issue 07 (2018-04-02) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 294


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

You might also like